* ax-gdb.c (gen_expr): Handle UNOP_CAST_TYPE, UNOP_MEMVAL_TYPE.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
94
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
98 void *),
99 void *);
100
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
102
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
104
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result *,
109 enum bptype, char *,
110 char **);
111
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 struct linespec_sals *,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype,
116 enum bpdisp, int, int,
117 int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
120
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
123
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
125
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
127
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
129
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
131
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
133
134 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
135 enum bptype,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
137 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
138 const struct symtab_and_line *);
139
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
141 static. */
142 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
143 struct symtab_and_line,
144 enum bptype,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
146
147 static struct breakpoint *
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
149 enum bptype type,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
151
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
153
154 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
155 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
156 enum bptype bptype);
157
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
159 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
160 struct obj_section *, int);
161
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
163 CORE_ADDR addr1,
164 struct address_space *aspace2,
165 CORE_ADDR addr2);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
227
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
229 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
230
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
234
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
236 CORE_ADDR pc);
237
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
241
242 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
243
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
245
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
247
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
249
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
251
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
253
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
255
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
257
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
259
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
261
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
263
264 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
265
266 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
267
268 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
269 otherwise. */
270
271 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
272
273 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
274 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
275 char *cond_string,
276 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
277
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
279 from. */
280 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
281
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
286
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
289
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
292
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
295
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
297 breakpoints. */
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
299
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
302
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
305
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
317 dprintf_style_gdb,
318 dprintf_style_call,
319 dprintf_style_agent,
320 NULL
321 };
322 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
323
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328
329 static char *dprintf_function = "";
330
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338
339 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
340
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 has disconnected. */
343 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
344
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
348 {
349 /* The reference count. */
350 int refc;
351
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line *commands;
354 };
355
356 struct command_line *
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
358 {
359 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
360 }
361
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
364
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
366
367 const char *
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
369 {
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 a breakpoint. */
373 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374
375 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
376 }
377
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
382
383 static void
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c,
386 const char *value)
387 {
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
391 value);
392 }
393
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
399 static void
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
401 struct cmd_list_element *c,
402 const char *value)
403 {
404 fprintf_filtered (file,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
407 value);
408 }
409
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
415 static void
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
417 struct cmd_list_element *c,
418 const char *value)
419 {
420 fprintf_filtered (file,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
422 value);
423 }
424
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
432
433 static void
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
436 {
437 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 value,
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 else
444 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
445 value);
446 }
447
448 int
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 {
451 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
453 }
454
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
456
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto,
463 condition_evaluation_host,
464 condition_evaluation_target,
465 NULL
466 };
467
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
470
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
474
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
478 evaluation mode. */
479
480 static const char *
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
482 {
483 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
484 {
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target;
487 else
488 return condition_evaluation_host;
489 }
490 else
491 return mode;
492 }
493
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
495
496 static const char *
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 {
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
500 }
501
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
503 otherwise. */
504
505 static int
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 {
508 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509
510 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
511 }
512
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
517
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled;
520
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
523
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
527
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
533 B = TMP)
534
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
542 BP_TMP++)
543
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
549
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 BP_LOCP_START \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
557
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565
566 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
567
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569
570 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
571
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573
574 static unsigned bp_location_count;
575
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
581
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
583
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
591
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 by a target. */
595 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
596
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598
599 static int breakpoint_count;
600
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
606
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608
609 static int tracepoint_count;
610
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
612 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
613 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
614
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 static int
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
618 {
619 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
620 }
621
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
623
624 static void
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
626 {
627 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
628 breakpoint_count = num;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
630 }
631
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
635
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
637 breakpoint made. */
638
639 void
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 {
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
643 }
644
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
646 breakpoint made. */
647
648 void
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 {
651 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
652 }
653
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
655
656 void
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 {
659 struct breakpoint *b;
660
661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
662 b->hit_count = 0;
663 }
664
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667
668 static struct counted_command_line *
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
670 {
671 struct counted_command_line *result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
673
674 result->refc = 1;
675 result->commands = commands;
676 return result;
677 }
678
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
680
681 static void
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
683 {
684 if (cmd)
685 ++cmd->refc;
686 }
687
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
691
692 static void
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
694 {
695 if (*cmdp)
696 {
697 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
698 {
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
700 xfree (*cmdp);
701 }
702 *cmdp = NULL;
703 }
704 }
705
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
707
708 static void
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
710 {
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
712 }
713
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
715 argument. */
716
717 static struct cleanup *
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
719 {
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
721 }
722
723 \f
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
726
727 struct breakpoint *
728 get_breakpoint (int num)
729 {
730 struct breakpoint *b;
731
732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
733 if (b->number == num)
734 return b;
735
736 return NULL;
737 }
738
739 \f
740
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
743
744 static void
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
746 {
747 struct bp_location *loc;
748
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 side. */
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
755 return;
756
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
758 return;
759
760 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
761 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
762 }
763
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
766
767 static void
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
769 {
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 side. */
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
776
777 return;
778
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
780 return;
781
782 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
783 }
784
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
787
788 static void
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
790 struct cmd_list_element *c)
791 {
792 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
793
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 {
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
800 return;
801 }
802
803 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
804 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
805
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
809
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode != old_mode)
812 {
813 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
819 */
820
821 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
822 {
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 target. */
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
827 }
828 else
829 {
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
835 loc->needs_update = 1;
836 }
837
838 /* Do the update. */
839 update_global_location_list (1);
840 }
841
842 return;
843 }
844
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
847
848 static void
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
850 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
851 {
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
853 fprintf_filtered (file,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 value,
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 else
859 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
860 value);
861 }
862
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
866
867 static int
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
869 {
870 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
871 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
872
873 if (a->address == b->address)
874 return 0;
875 else
876 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
877 }
878
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
882 return NULL. */
883
884 static struct bp_location **
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
886 {
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
889 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
890
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
893 dummy_loc.address = address;
894
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs);
899
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found == NULL)
902 return NULL;
903
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
908 locp_found--;
909
910 return locp_found;
911 }
912
913 void
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
915 int from_tty)
916 {
917 xfree (b->cond_string);
918 b->cond_string = NULL;
919
920 if (is_watchpoint (b))
921 {
922 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
923
924 xfree (w->cond_exp);
925 w->cond_exp = NULL;
926 }
927 else
928 {
929 struct bp_location *loc;
930
931 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
932 {
933 xfree (loc->cond);
934 loc->cond = NULL;
935
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
939 }
940 }
941
942 if (*exp == 0)
943 {
944 if (from_tty)
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
946 }
947 else
948 {
949 char *arg = exp;
950
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
954 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
955
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 {
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959
960 innermost_block = NULL;
961 arg = exp;
962 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
963 if (*arg)
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
966 }
967 else
968 {
969 struct bp_location *loc;
970
971 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
972 {
973 arg = exp;
974 loc->cond =
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
976 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
977 if (*arg)
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
979 }
980 }
981 }
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
983
984 breakpoints_changed ();
985 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
986 }
987
988 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
989
990 static VEC (char_ptr) *
991 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
992 {
993 char *space;
994
995 text = skip_spaces (text);
996 space = skip_to_space (text);
997 if (*space == '\0')
998 {
999 int len;
1000 struct breakpoint *b;
1001 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1002
1003 if (text[0] == '$')
1004 {
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1007 return NULL;
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1009 }
1010
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len = strlen (text);
1013
1014 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1015 {
1016 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1017 struct bp_location *loc;
1018 int count = 1;
1019
1020 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1021 {
1022 char location[50];
1023
1024 if (single)
1025 sprintf (location, "%d", b->number);
1026 else
1027 sprintf (location, "%d.%d", b->number, count);
1028
1029 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1030 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1031
1032 ++count;
1033 }
1034 }
1035
1036 return result;
1037 }
1038
1039 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1040 text = skip_spaces (space);
1041 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1042 }
1043
1044 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1045
1046 static void
1047 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1048 {
1049 struct breakpoint *b;
1050 char *p;
1051 int bnum;
1052
1053 if (arg == 0)
1054 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1055
1056 p = arg;
1057 bnum = get_number (&p);
1058 if (bnum == 0)
1059 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1060
1061 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1062 if (b->number == bnum)
1063 {
1064 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1065 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1066 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1067 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1068 if (b->py_bp_object
1069 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1070 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1071 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1072 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1073
1074 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1075 update_global_location_list (1);
1076
1077 return;
1078 }
1079
1080 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1081 }
1082
1083 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1084 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1085 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1086
1087 static void
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1089 {
1090 struct command_line *c;
1091
1092 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1093 {
1094 int i;
1095
1096 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1097 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1098 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1099
1100 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1101 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1102
1103 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1104 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1105 command directly. */
1106 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1107 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1108
1109 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1110 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1111 }
1112 }
1113
1114 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1115
1116 static int
1117 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1118 {
1119 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1120 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1121 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1122 }
1123
1124 int
1125 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1126 {
1127 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1128 }
1129
1130 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1131 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1132 found. */
1133
1134 static void
1135 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1136 struct command_line *commands)
1137 {
1138 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1139 {
1140 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1141 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1142 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1143 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1144 struct command_line *c;
1145 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1146 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1147 {
1148 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1149 {
1150 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1156
1157 if (while_stepping)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1160 else
1161 while_stepping = c;
1162 }
1163 }
1164 if (while_stepping)
1165 {
1166 struct command_line *c2;
1167
1168 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1169 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1170 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1171 {
1172 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1173 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1174 }
1175 }
1176 }
1177 else
1178 {
1179 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1180 }
1181 }
1182
1183 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1184 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1185
1186 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1187 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1188 {
1189 struct breakpoint *b;
1190 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1191 struct bp_location *loc;
1192
1193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1194 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1195 {
1196 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1197 if (loc->address == addr)
1198 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1199 }
1200
1201 return found;
1202 }
1203
1204 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1205 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1206
1207 void
1208 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1209 struct command_line *commands)
1210 {
1211 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1212
1213 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1214 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1215 breakpoints_changed ();
1216 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1217 }
1218
1219 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1220 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1221 commands. */
1222
1223 void
1224 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1225 {
1226 int old_silent = b->silent;
1227
1228 b->silent = silent;
1229 if (old_silent != silent)
1230 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1231 }
1232
1233 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1234 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1235
1236 void
1237 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1238 {
1239 int old_thread = b->thread;
1240
1241 b->thread = thread;
1242 if (old_thread != thread)
1243 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1244 }
1245
1246 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1247 breakpoint work for any task. */
1248
1249 void
1250 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1251 {
1252 int old_task = b->task;
1253
1254 b->task = task;
1255 if (old_task != task)
1256 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1257 }
1258
1259 void
1260 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1261 {
1262 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1263
1264 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1265 }
1266
1267 /* A structure used to pass information through
1268 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1269
1270 struct commands_info
1271 {
1272 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1273 int from_tty;
1274
1275 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1276 char *arg;
1277
1278 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1279 already-parsed command. */
1280 struct command_line *control;
1281
1282 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1283 yet been read. */
1284 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1285 };
1286
1287 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1288 commands_command. */
1289
1290 static void
1291 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1292 {
1293 struct commands_info *info = data;
1294
1295 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1296 {
1297 struct command_line *l;
1298
1299 if (info->control != NULL)
1300 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1301 else
1302 {
1303 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1304 char *str;
1305
1306 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1307 "%s, one per line."),
1308 info->arg);
1309
1310 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1311
1312 l = read_command_lines (str,
1313 info->from_tty, 1,
1314 (is_tracepoint (b)
1315 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1316 b);
1317
1318 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1319 }
1320
1321 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1322 }
1323
1324 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1325 do anything. */
1326 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1327 {
1328 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1329 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1330 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1331 b->commands = info->cmd;
1332 breakpoints_changed ();
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1334 }
1335 }
1336
1337 static void
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1339 struct command_line *control)
1340 {
1341 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1342 struct commands_info info;
1343
1344 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1345 info.control = control;
1346 info.cmd = NULL;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1350
1351 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1352 {
1353 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1354 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1355 breakpoint_count);
1356 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1358 else
1359 {
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1363 arg = NULL;
1364 }
1365 }
1366 else
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1368 our argument. */
1369 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1370
1371 if (arg != NULL)
1372 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1373
1374 info.arg = arg;
1375
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1377
1378 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1380
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1382 }
1383
1384 static void
1385 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1386 {
1387 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1388 }
1389
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1392
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1397 {
1398 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1399 return simple_control;
1400 }
1401
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1403
1404 static int
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1406 {
1407 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1408 return 0;
1409 if (!bl->inserted)
1410 return 0;
1411 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1413 return 0;
1414 return 1;
1415 }
1416
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1419
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1423
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1432 and:
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1434
1435 void
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1437 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1439 {
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1441 search. */
1442 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1443
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1447
1448 bc_l = 0;
1449 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1450 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1451 {
1452 struct bp_location *bl;
1453
1454 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1455 bl = bp_location[bc];
1456
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1461
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1465
1466 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1467 >= bl->address)
1468 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1469 <= memaddr))
1470 bc_l = bc;
1471 else
1472 bc_r = bc;
1473 }
1474
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1480 B:
1481
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1483
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1487 and L2. */
1488 while (bc_l > 0
1489 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1490 bc_l--;
1491
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1493
1494 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1495 {
1496 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1498 int bp_size = 0;
1499 int bptoffset = 0;
1500
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1504 bl->owner->number);
1505
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1507 content. */
1508
1509 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1512 break;
1513
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1515 continue;
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1517 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1518 continue;
1519
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1521 we need to copy. */
1522 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1523 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1524
1525 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1527 are reading. */
1528 continue;
1529
1530 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1532 reading. */
1533 continue;
1534
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1537 {
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1540 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1541 bp_addr = memaddr;
1542 }
1543
1544 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1545 {
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1548 }
1549
1550 if (readbuf != NULL)
1551 {
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1555 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1556 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1557
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1559 shadow. */
1560 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1561 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1562 }
1563 else
1564 {
1565 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1566 const unsigned char *bp;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1568 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1569
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1572 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1573
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1575 address. */
1576 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1577
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1581 }
1582 }
1583 }
1584 \f
1585
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1587 breakpoint. */
1588
1589 int
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1591 {
1592 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1595 }
1596
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1598
1599 static int
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1601 {
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1605 }
1606
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1608 software. */
1609
1610 int
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1612 {
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1614 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1625
1626 static int
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1628 {
1629 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1633 }
1634
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1637
1638 static void
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1640 {
1641 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1642
1643 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1644 {
1645 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1647 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1648 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1649 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1650 }
1651 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1652 }
1653
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1658 in b->loc->cond.
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1660
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1663 it.
1664
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1673
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1682 not changed.
1683
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1686
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1689
1690 [linux]
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1702
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1705
1706 static void
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1708 {
1709 int within_current_scope;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1711 int frame_saved;
1712
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1717 return;
1718
1719 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1720 return;
1721
1722 frame_saved = 0;
1723
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1726 within_current_scope = 1;
1727 else
1728 {
1729 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1732
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1737 return;
1738
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1743 selected frame. */
1744 frame_saved = 1;
1745 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1746
1747 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1748 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1749 if (within_current_scope)
1750 select_frame (fi);
1751 }
1752
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1756 b->base.loc = NULL;
1757
1758 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1759 {
1760 char *s;
1761
1762 if (b->exp)
1763 {
1764 xfree (b->exp);
1765 b->exp = NULL;
1766 }
1767 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1768 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b->val);
1774 b->val = NULL;
1775 b->val_valid = 0;
1776
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1781 {
1782 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1783 {
1784 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1785 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1786 }
1787
1788 s = b->base.cond_string;
1789 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1790 }
1791 }
1792
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if ( !target_has_execution)
1799 {
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1803 }
1804 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1805 {
1806 int pc = 0;
1807 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1808 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1809
1810 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1811
1812 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1813 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1814 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1815 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1816 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1817 watchpoints. */
1818 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1819 {
1820 b->val = v;
1821 b->val_valid = 1;
1822 }
1823
1824 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1825
1826 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1827 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1828 {
1829 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1830 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1831 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1832 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1833 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1834 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1835 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1836 {
1837 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1838
1839 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1840 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1841 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1842 if (v == result
1843 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1844 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1845 {
1846 CORE_ADDR addr;
1847 int len, type;
1848 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1849
1850 addr = value_address (v);
1851 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1852 type = hw_write;
1853 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1854 type = hw_read;
1855 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1856 type = hw_access;
1857
1858 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1859 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1860 ;
1861 *tmp = loc;
1862 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1863
1864 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1865 loc->address = addr;
1866 loc->length = len;
1867 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1868 }
1869 }
1870 }
1871
1872 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1873 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1874 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1875 is started. */
1876 if (reparse)
1877 {
1878 int reg_cnt;
1879 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1880 struct bp_location *bl;
1881
1882 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1883
1884 if (reg_cnt)
1885 {
1886 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1887 enum bptype type;
1888
1889 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1890 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1891 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1892
1893 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1894 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1895 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1896 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897
1898 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1899 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1900 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 type = b->base.type;
1902 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1903 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1904
1905 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1906 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1907 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1908 through watch_command), so always account for it
1909 manually. */
1910
1911 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1912 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1913
1914 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1915 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1916
1917 target_resources_ok
1918 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1919 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1920 {
1921 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1922
1923 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1924 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1925 "hardware watchpoint."));
1926 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1927 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1928 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929
1930 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1931 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1932 }
1933 else
1934 {
1935 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1936 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1937 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1938 nop. */
1939 b->base.type = type;
1940 }
1941 }
1942 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1943 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1944 "read/access watchpoint."));
1945 else
1946 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1947
1948 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1949 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1950 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1951 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1952 }
1953
1954 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1955 {
1956 next = value_next (v);
1957 if (v != b->val)
1958 value_free (v);
1959 }
1960
1961 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1962 above left it without any location set up. But,
1963 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1964 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1965 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1966 {
1967 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1968 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1969 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1970 base->loc->address = -1;
1971 base->loc->length = -1;
1972 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1973 }
1974 }
1975 else if (!within_current_scope)
1976 {
1977 printf_filtered (_("\
1978 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1979 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1980 b->base.number);
1981 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1982 }
1983
1984 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1985 if (frame_saved)
1986 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1987 }
1988
1989
1990 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1991 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1992 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1993 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1994 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1995 static int
1996 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1997 {
1998 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1999 return 0;
2000
2001 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2002 return 0;
2003
2004 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2005 return 0;
2006
2007 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2008 return 0;
2009
2010 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2011 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2012 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2013 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2014 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2015 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2016 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2017 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2018 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2019 return 0;
2020
2021 return 1;
2022 }
2023
2024 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2025 that the location is not duplicated. */
2026
2027 static int
2028 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2029 {
2030 int result;
2031 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2032
2033 bl->duplicate = 0;
2034 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2035 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2036 return result;
2037 }
2038
2039 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2040 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2041 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2042 any error during parsing. */
2043
2044 static struct agent_expr *
2045 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2046 {
2047 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2048 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2049 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2050
2051 if (!cond)
2052 return NULL;
2053
2054 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2055 that may show up. */
2056 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2057 {
2058 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2059 }
2060
2061 if (ex.reason < 0)
2062 {
2063 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2064 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2065 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2066 return NULL;
2067 }
2068
2069 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2070 return aexpr;
2071 }
2072
2073 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2074 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2075 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2076 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2077 one of them is true. */
2078
2079 static void
2080 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2081 {
2082 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2083 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2084 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2085 struct bp_location *loc;
2086
2087 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2088 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2089 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2090 side. */
2091 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2092 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2093 return;
2094
2095 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2096 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2097 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2098 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2099 response back to GDB. */
2100 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2101 {
2102 loc = (*loc2p);
2103 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2104 {
2105 if (modified)
2106 {
2107 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2108
2109 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2110 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2111 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2112 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2113 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2114 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2115
2116 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2117 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2118 to the target. */
2119 if (aexpr)
2120 continue;
2121 }
2122
2123 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2124 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2125 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2126 {
2127 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2128 break;
2129 }
2130 }
2131 }
2132
2133 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2134 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2135 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2136
2137 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2138 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2139 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2140 {
2141 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2142 {
2143 loc = (*loc2p);
2144 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2145 {
2146 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2147 located. */
2148 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2149 return;
2150
2151 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2152 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2153 }
2154 }
2155 }
2156
2157 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2158 for this location's address. */
2159 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2160 {
2161 loc = (*loc2p);
2162 if (loc->cond
2163 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2164 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2165 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2166 && loc->enabled)
2167 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2168 conditions to the target. */
2169 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2170 loc->cond_bytecode);
2171 }
2172
2173 return;
2174 }
2175
2176 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2177 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2178 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2179
2180 static struct agent_expr *
2181 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2182 {
2183 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2184 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2185 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2186 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2187 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2188 char *cmdrest;
2189 char *format_start, *format_end;
2190 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2191 int nargs;
2192 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2193
2194 if (!cmd)
2195 return NULL;
2196
2197 cmdrest = cmd;
2198
2199 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2200 ++cmdrest;
2201 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2202
2203 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2204 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2205
2206 format_start = cmdrest;
2207
2208 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2209
2210 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2211
2212 format_end = cmdrest;
2213
2214 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2215 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2216
2217 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2218
2219 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2220 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2221
2222 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2223 cmdrest++;
2224 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2225
2226 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2227
2228 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2229 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2230
2231 nargs = 0;
2232 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2233 {
2234 char *cmd1;
2235
2236 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2237 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2238 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2239 cmdrest = cmd1;
2240 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2241 ++cmdrest;
2242 }
2243
2244 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2245 that may show up. */
2246 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2247 {
2248 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2249 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2250 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2251 }
2252
2253 if (ex.reason < 0)
2254 {
2255 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2256 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2257 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2258 return NULL;
2259 }
2260
2261 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2262
2263 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2264 return aexpr;
2265 }
2266
2267 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2268 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2269 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2270
2271 static void
2272 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2273 {
2274 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2275 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2276 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2277 struct bp_location *loc;
2278
2279 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2280 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2281 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2282 return;
2283
2284 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2285 return;
2286
2287 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2288 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2289 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2290 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2291 response back to GDB. */
2292 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2293 {
2294 loc = (*loc2p);
2295 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2296 {
2297 if (modified)
2298 {
2299 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2300
2301 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2302 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2303 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2304 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2305 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2306 loc->owner->extra_string);
2307 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2308
2309 if (!aexpr)
2310 continue;
2311 }
2312
2313 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2314 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2315 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2316 {
2317 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2318 break;
2319 }
2320 }
2321 }
2322
2323 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2324 and so clean up. */
2325 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2326 {
2327 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2328 {
2329 loc = (*loc2p);
2330 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2331 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2332 {
2333 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2334 located. */
2335 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2336 return;
2337
2338 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2339 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2340 }
2341 }
2342 }
2343
2344 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2345 for this location's address. */
2346 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2347 {
2348 loc = (*loc2p);
2349 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2350 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2351 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2352 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2353 && loc->enabled)
2354 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2355 to send the commands to the target. */
2356 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2357 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2358 }
2359
2360 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2361 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2362 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2363 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2364 }
2365
2366 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2367 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2368 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2369 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2370 -1 for failure.
2371
2372 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2373 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2374 static int
2375 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2376 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2377 int *disabled_breaks,
2378 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
2379 {
2380 int val = 0;
2381
2382 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2383 return 0;
2384
2385 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2386 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2387 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2388 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2389 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2390 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2391 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2392 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2394 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2395 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2396 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2397
2398 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2399 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2400 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2401 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2402
2403 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2404 {
2405 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2406 build_target_command_list (bl);
2407 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2408 bl->needs_update = 0;
2409 }
2410
2411 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2412 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2413 {
2414 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2415 {
2416 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2417 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2418 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2419
2420 Two important cases are:
2421 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2422 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2423 hardware breakpoint.
2424 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2425 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2426 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2427 so we undo.
2428
2429 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2430 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2431 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2432 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2433 gdb. */
2434 struct mem_region *mr
2435 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2436
2437 if (mr)
2438 {
2439 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2440 {
2441 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2442
2443 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2444 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2445 else
2446 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2447
2448 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2449 {
2450 static int said = 0;
2451
2452 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2453 if (!said)
2454 {
2455 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2456 _("Note: automatically using "
2457 "hardware breakpoints for "
2458 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2459 said = 1;
2460 }
2461 }
2462 }
2463 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2464 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2465 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2466 "at readonly address %s"),
2467 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2468 }
2469 }
2470
2471 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2472 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2473 || bl->section == NULL
2474 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2475 {
2476 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2477
2478 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2479 }
2480 else
2481 {
2482 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2483 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2484 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2485 {
2486 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2487 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2488 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2489 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2490 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2491 bl->owner->number);
2492 else
2493 {
2494 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2495 bl->section);
2496 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2497 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2498 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2499 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2500 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2501 if (val != 0)
2502 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2503 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2504 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2505 bl->owner->number);
2506 }
2507 }
2508 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2509 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2510 {
2511 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2512 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2513 }
2514 else
2515 {
2516 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2517 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2518 return 0;
2519 }
2520 }
2521
2522 if (val)
2523 {
2524 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2525 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2526 {
2527 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2528 val = 0;
2529 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2530 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2531 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2532 {
2533 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2534 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2535 bl->owner->number);
2536 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2537 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2538 "library breakpoints:\n");
2539 }
2540 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2541 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2542 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2543 }
2544 else
2545 {
2546 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2547 {
2548 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2549 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2550 "Cannot insert hardware "
2551 "breakpoint %d.\n",
2552 bl->owner->number);
2553 }
2554 else
2555 {
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2557 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2558 bl->owner->number);
2559 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2560 "Error accessing memory address ");
2561 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2562 tmp_error_stream);
2563 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2564 safe_strerror (val));
2565 }
2566
2567 }
2568 }
2569 else
2570 bl->inserted = 1;
2571
2572 return val;
2573 }
2574
2575 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2576 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2577 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2578 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2579 {
2580 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2581 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2582
2583 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2584
2585 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2586 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2587 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2588 {
2589 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2590
2591 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2592 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2593 of this one. */
2594 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2595 if (loc != bl
2596 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2597 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2598 {
2599 bl->duplicate = 1;
2600 bl->inserted = 1;
2601 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2602 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2603 val = 0;
2604 break;
2605 }
2606
2607 if (val == 1)
2608 {
2609 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2610 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2611
2612 if (val)
2613 /* Back to the original value. */
2614 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2615 }
2616 }
2617
2618 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2619 }
2620
2621 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2622 {
2623 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2624 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2625
2626 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2627 if (val)
2628 {
2629 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2630
2631 if (val == 1)
2632 warning (_("\
2633 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2634 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2635 else
2636 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2637 }
2638
2639 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2640
2641 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2642 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2643 so just return success. */
2644 return 0;
2645 }
2646
2647 return 0;
2648 }
2649
2650 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2651 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2652 PSPACE anymore. */
2653
2654 void
2655 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2656 {
2657 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2658 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2659
2660 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2662 {
2663 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2664 delete_breakpoint (b);
2665 }
2666
2667 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2668 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2669 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2670 {
2671 struct bp_location *tmp;
2672
2673 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2674 {
2675 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2676 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2677 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2678 else
2679 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2680 if (tmp->next == loc)
2681 {
2682 tmp->next = loc->next;
2683 break;
2684 }
2685 }
2686 }
2687
2688 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2689 removed locations above. */
2690 update_global_location_list (0);
2691 }
2692
2693 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2694 Throws exception on any error.
2695 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2696 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2697 void
2698 insert_breakpoints (void)
2699 {
2700 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2701
2702 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2703 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2704 {
2705 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2706
2707 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2708 }
2709
2710 update_global_location_list (1);
2711
2712 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2713 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2714 now. */
2715 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2716 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2717 }
2718
2719 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2720
2721 void
2722 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2723 {
2724 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2725
2726 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2727 {
2728 callback (loc, NULL);
2729 }
2730 }
2731
2732 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2733 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2734 always-inserted mode. */
2735
2736 static void
2737 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2738 {
2739 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2740 int error_flag = 0;
2741 int val = 0;
2742 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2743 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2744
2745 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2746 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2747
2748 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2749 there was an error. */
2750 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2751
2752 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2753
2754 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2755 {
2756 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2757 breakpoints. */
2758 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2759 continue;
2760
2761 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2762 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2763 deletion of breakpoints. */
2764 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2765 continue;
2766
2767 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2768
2769 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2770 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2771 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2772 insert breakpoints. */
2773 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2774 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2775 continue;
2776
2777 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2778 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2779 if (val)
2780 error_flag = val;
2781 }
2782
2783 if (error_flag)
2784 {
2785 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2786 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2787 }
2788
2789 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2790 }
2791
2792 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2793
2794 static void
2795 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2796 {
2797 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2798 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2799 int error_flag = 0;
2800 int val = 0;
2801 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2802 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2803
2804 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2805 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2806
2807 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2808 there was an error. */
2809 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2810
2811 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2812
2813 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2814 {
2815 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2816 continue;
2817
2818 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2819 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2820 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2821 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2822 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2823 continue;
2824
2825 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2826
2827 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2828 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2829 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2830 insert breakpoints. */
2831 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2832 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2833 continue;
2834
2835 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2836 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2837 if (val)
2838 error_flag = val;
2839 }
2840
2841 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2842 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2843 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2844 {
2845 int some_failed = 0;
2846 struct bp_location *loc;
2847
2848 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2849 continue;
2850
2851 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2852 continue;
2853
2854 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2855 continue;
2856
2857 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2858 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2859 {
2860 some_failed = 1;
2861 break;
2862 }
2863 if (some_failed)
2864 {
2865 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2866 if (loc->inserted)
2867 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2868
2869 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2870 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2871 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2872 bpt->number);
2873 error_flag = -1;
2874 }
2875 }
2876
2877 if (error_flag)
2878 {
2879 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2880 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2881 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2882 {
2883 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2884 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2885 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2886 }
2887 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2888 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2889 }
2890
2891 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2892 }
2893
2894 /* Used when the program stops.
2895 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2896 removing a breakpoint location. */
2897
2898 int
2899 remove_breakpoints (void)
2900 {
2901 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2902 int val = 0;
2903
2904 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2905 {
2906 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2907 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2908 }
2909 return val;
2910 }
2911
2912 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2913
2914 int
2915 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2916 {
2917 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2918 int val;
2919 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2920
2921 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2922 {
2923 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2924 continue;
2925
2926 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2927 continue;
2928
2929 if (bl->inserted)
2930 {
2931 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2932 if (val != 0)
2933 return val;
2934 }
2935 }
2936 return 0;
2937 }
2938
2939 int
2940 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2941 {
2942 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2943 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2944 int val;
2945 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2946 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2947 struct inferior *inf;
2948 struct thread_info *tp;
2949
2950 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2951 if (tp == NULL)
2952 return 1;
2953
2954 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2955 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2956
2957 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2958
2959 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2960 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2961
2962 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2963 {
2964 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2965 continue;
2966
2967 if (bl->inserted)
2968 {
2969 bl->inserted = 0;
2970 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2971 if (val != 0)
2972 {
2973 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2974 return val;
2975 }
2976 }
2977 }
2978 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2979 return 0;
2980 }
2981
2982 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2983
2984 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2985 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2986 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2987 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2988 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2989 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2990 static void
2991 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2992 {
2993 if (internal)
2994 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2995 else
2996 {
2997 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2998 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2999 }
3000 }
3001
3002 static struct breakpoint *
3003 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3004 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3005 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3006 {
3007 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3008 struct breakpoint *b;
3009
3010 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3011
3012 sal.pc = address;
3013 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3014 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3015
3016 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3017 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3018 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3019
3020 return b;
3021 }
3022
3023 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3024 {
3025 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3026 };
3027 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3028
3029 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3030 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3031 {
3032 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3033 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3034
3035 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3036 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3037
3038 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3039 int longjmp_searched;
3040
3041 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3042 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3043
3044 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3045 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3046
3047 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3048 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3049
3050 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3051 int exception_searched;
3052
3053 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3054 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3055 };
3056
3057 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3058
3059 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3060 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3061
3062 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3063
3064 static int
3065 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3066 {
3067 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3068 }
3069
3070 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3071 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3072
3073 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3074 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3075 {
3076 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3077
3078 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3079 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3080 {
3081 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3082 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3083
3084 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3085 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3086 }
3087 return bp_objfile_data;
3088 }
3089
3090 static void
3091 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3092 {
3093 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3094
3095 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3096 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3097 }
3098
3099 static void
3100 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3101 {
3102 struct objfile *objfile;
3103 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3104
3105 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3106 {
3107 struct breakpoint *b;
3108 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3109 CORE_ADDR addr;
3110
3111 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3112
3113 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3114 continue;
3115
3116 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3117 {
3118 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3119
3120 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3121 if (m == NULL)
3122 {
3123 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3124 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3125 continue;
3126 }
3127 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3128 }
3129
3130 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3131 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3132 bp_overlay_event,
3133 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3134 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3135
3136 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3137 {
3138 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3139 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3140 }
3141 else
3142 {
3143 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3144 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3145 }
3146 }
3147 update_global_location_list (1);
3148 }
3149
3150 static void
3151 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3152 {
3153 struct program_space *pspace;
3154 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3155
3156 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3157
3158 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3159 {
3160 struct objfile *objfile;
3161
3162 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3163
3164 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3165 {
3166 int i;
3167 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3168 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3169
3170 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3171 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3172 continue;
3173
3174 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3175
3176 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3177 {
3178 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3179 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3180 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3181 }
3182
3183 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3184 {
3185 int i;
3186 struct probe *probe;
3187 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3188
3189 for (i = 0;
3190 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3191 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3192 i, probe);
3193 ++i)
3194 {
3195 struct breakpoint *b;
3196
3197 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3198 bp_longjmp_master,
3199 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3200 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3201 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3202 }
3203
3204 continue;
3205 }
3206
3207 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3208 {
3209 struct breakpoint *b;
3210 const char *func_name;
3211 CORE_ADDR addr;
3212
3213 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3214 continue;
3215
3216 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3217 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3218 {
3219 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3220
3221 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3222 if (m == NULL)
3223 {
3224 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3225 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3226 continue;
3227 }
3228 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3229 }
3230
3231 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3232 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3233 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3234 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3235 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3236 }
3237 }
3238 }
3239 update_global_location_list (1);
3240
3241 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3242 }
3243
3244 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3245 static void
3246 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3247 {
3248 struct program_space *pspace;
3249 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3250 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3251
3252 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3253
3254 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3255 {
3256 struct objfile *objfile;
3257 CORE_ADDR addr;
3258
3259 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3260
3261 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3262 {
3263 struct breakpoint *b;
3264 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3265
3266 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3267
3268 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3269 continue;
3270
3271 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3272 {
3273 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3274
3275 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3276 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3277 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3278 {
3279 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3280 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3281 continue;
3282 }
3283 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3284 }
3285
3286 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3287 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3288 bp_std_terminate_master,
3289 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3290 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3291 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3292 }
3293 }
3294
3295 update_global_location_list (1);
3296
3297 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3298 }
3299
3300 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3301
3302 static void
3303 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3304 {
3305 struct objfile *objfile;
3306 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3307
3308 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3309 {
3310 struct breakpoint *b;
3311 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3312 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3313 CORE_ADDR addr;
3314
3315 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3316
3317 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3318 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3319 {
3320 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3321 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3322 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3323 }
3324
3325 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3326 {
3327 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3328 int i;
3329 struct probe *probe;
3330
3331 for (i = 0;
3332 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3333 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3334 i, probe);
3335 ++i)
3336 {
3337 struct breakpoint *b;
3338
3339 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3340 bp_exception_master,
3341 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3342 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3343 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3344 }
3345
3346 continue;
3347 }
3348
3349 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3350
3351 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3352 continue;
3353
3354 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3355
3356 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3357 {
3358 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3359
3360 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3361 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3362 {
3363 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3364 continue;
3365 }
3366
3367 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3368 }
3369
3370 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3371 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3372 &current_target);
3373 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3374 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3375 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3376 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3377 }
3378
3379 update_global_location_list (1);
3380 }
3381
3382 void
3383 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3384 {
3385 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3386 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3387
3388 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3389 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3390 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3391 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3392 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3393 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3394 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3395 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3396 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3397 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3398 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3399
3400 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3401 {
3402 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3403 continue;
3404
3405 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3406 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3407 {
3408 delete_breakpoint (b);
3409 continue;
3410 }
3411
3412 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3413 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3414 {
3415 delete_breakpoint (b);
3416 continue;
3417 }
3418
3419 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3420 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3421 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3422 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3423 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3424 {
3425 delete_breakpoint (b);
3426 continue;
3427 }
3428
3429 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3430 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3431 {
3432 delete_breakpoint (b);
3433 continue;
3434 }
3435
3436 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3437 after an exec. */
3438 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3439 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3440 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3441 {
3442 delete_breakpoint (b);
3443 continue;
3444 }
3445
3446 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3447 {
3448 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3449 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3450 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3451 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3452 continue;
3453 }
3454
3455 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3456 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3457 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3458 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3459 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3460 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3461
3462 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3463 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3464 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3465 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3466 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3467 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3468 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3469
3470 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3471 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3472 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3473 let finish_command delete it.
3474
3475 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3476 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3477 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3478 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3479 solib breakpoints.) */
3480
3481 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3482 {
3483 continue;
3484 }
3485
3486 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3487 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3488 a.out. */
3489 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3490 {
3491 delete_breakpoint (b);
3492 continue;
3493 }
3494 }
3495 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3496 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3497 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3498 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3499 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3500 }
3501
3502 int
3503 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
3504 {
3505 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3506 int val = 0;
3507 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3508 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3509
3510 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3511 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3512
3513 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3514 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
3515 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3516 {
3517 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3518 continue;
3519
3520 if (bl->inserted)
3521 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3522 }
3523
3524 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3525 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3526
3527 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3528 return val;
3529 }
3530
3531 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3532 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3533 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3534 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3535 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3536
3537 static int
3538 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3539 {
3540 int val;
3541
3542 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3543 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3544
3545 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3546 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3547 return 0;
3548
3549 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3550 This should not ever happen. */
3551 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3552
3553 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3554 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3555 {
3556 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3557 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3558 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3559
3560 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3561 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3562 || bl->section == NULL
3563 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3564 {
3565 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3566 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3567 }
3568 else
3569 {
3570 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3571 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3572 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3573 {
3574 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3575 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3576 */
3577 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3578 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3579 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3580 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3581 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3582 else
3583 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3584 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3585 }
3586 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3587 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3588 if (bl->inserted)
3589 {
3590 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3591 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3592 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3593 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3594
3595 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3596 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3597 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3598 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3599 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3600 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3601 else
3602 val = 0;
3603 }
3604 else
3605 {
3606 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3607 val = 0;
3608 }
3609 }
3610
3611 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3612 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3613 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3614 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3615 val = 0;
3616
3617 if (val)
3618 return val;
3619 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3620 }
3621 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3622 {
3623 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3624 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3625
3626 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3627 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3628
3629 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3630 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3631 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3632 bl->owner->number);
3633 }
3634 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3635 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3636 && !bl->duplicate)
3637 {
3638 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3639 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3640
3641 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3642 if (val)
3643 return val;
3644
3645 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3646 }
3647
3648 return 0;
3649 }
3650
3651 static int
3652 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3653 {
3654 int ret;
3655 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3656
3657 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3658 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3659
3660 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3661 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3662 return 0;
3663
3664 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3665 This should not ever happen. */
3666 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3667
3668 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3669
3670 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3671
3672 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3673
3674 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3675 return ret;
3676 }
3677
3678 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3679
3680 void
3681 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3682 {
3683 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3684
3685 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3686 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3687 bl->inserted = 0;
3688 }
3689
3690 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3691 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3692
3693 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3694 between runs.
3695
3696 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3697 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3698 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3699
3700
3701
3702 void
3703 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3704 {
3705 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3706 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3707 int ix;
3708 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3709
3710 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3711 nothing to do. */
3712 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
3713 return;
3714
3715 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3716 {
3717 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3718 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3719 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3720 bl->inserted = 0;
3721 }
3722
3723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3724 {
3725 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3726 continue;
3727
3728 switch (b->type)
3729 {
3730 case bp_call_dummy:
3731 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3732
3733 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3734 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3735 rid of it. */
3736
3737 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3738
3739 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3740
3741 case bp_shlib_event:
3742
3743 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3744 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3745 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3746 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3747 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3748
3749 (gdb) file prog-linux
3750 (gdb) run # native linux target
3751 ...
3752 (gdb) kill
3753 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3754 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3755 */
3756
3757 case bp_step_resume:
3758
3759 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3760
3761 delete_breakpoint (b);
3762 break;
3763
3764 case bp_watchpoint:
3765 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3766 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3767 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3768 {
3769 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3770
3771 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3772 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3773 delete_breakpoint (b);
3774 else if (context == inf_starting)
3775 {
3776 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3777 insert_breakpoints. */
3778 if (w->val)
3779 value_free (w->val);
3780 w->val = NULL;
3781 w->val_valid = 0;
3782 }
3783 }
3784 break;
3785 default:
3786 break;
3787 }
3788 }
3789
3790 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3791 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3792 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3793 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3794 }
3795
3796 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3797 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3798 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3799 match, not program space. */
3800
3801 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3802 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3803 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3804 permanent breakpoint.
3805 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3806 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3807 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3808 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3809 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3810
3811 enum breakpoint_here
3812 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3813 {
3814 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3815 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3816
3817 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3818 {
3819 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3820 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3821 continue;
3822
3823 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3824 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3825 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3826 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3827 {
3828 if (overlay_debugging
3829 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3830 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3831 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3832 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3833 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3834 else
3835 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3836 }
3837 }
3838
3839 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3840 }
3841
3842 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3843
3844 int
3845 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3846 {
3847 struct bp_location *loc;
3848 int ix;
3849
3850 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3851 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3852 return 1;
3853
3854 return 0;
3855 }
3856
3857 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3858 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3859 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3860 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3861
3862 int
3863 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3864 CORE_ADDR pc)
3865 {
3866 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3867
3868 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3869 {
3870 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3871 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3872 continue;
3873
3874 if (bl->inserted
3875 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3876 {
3877 if (overlay_debugging
3878 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3879 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3880 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3881 else
3882 return 1;
3883 }
3884 }
3885 return 0;
3886 }
3887
3888 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3889 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3890
3891 int
3892 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3893 {
3894 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3895 return 1;
3896
3897 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3898 return 1;
3899
3900 return 0;
3901 }
3902
3903 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3904 inserted at PC. */
3905
3906 int
3907 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3908 CORE_ADDR pc)
3909 {
3910 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3911
3912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3913 {
3914 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3915 continue;
3916
3917 if (bl->inserted
3918 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3919 aspace, pc))
3920 {
3921 if (overlay_debugging
3922 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3923 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3924 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3925 else
3926 return 1;
3927 }
3928 }
3929
3930 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3931 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3932 return 1;
3933
3934 return 0;
3935 }
3936
3937 int
3938 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3939 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3940 {
3941 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3942
3943 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3944 {
3945 struct bp_location *loc;
3946
3947 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3948 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3949 continue;
3950
3951 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3952 continue;
3953
3954 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3955 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3956 {
3957 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3958
3959 /* Check for intersection. */
3960 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3961 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3962 if (l < h)
3963 return 1;
3964 }
3965 }
3966 return 0;
3967 }
3968
3969 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3970 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3971
3972 int
3973 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3974 ptid_t ptid)
3975 {
3976 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3977 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3978 int thread = -1;
3979 int task = 0;
3980
3981 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3982 {
3983 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3984 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3985 continue;
3986
3987 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3988 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3989 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3990 continue;
3991
3992 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3993 continue;
3994
3995 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3996 {
3997 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3998 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3999 it is now time to do so. */
4000 if (thread == -1)
4001 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4002 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4003 continue;
4004 }
4005
4006 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4007 {
4008 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4009 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4010 it is now time to do so. */
4011 if (task == 0)
4012 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4013 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4014 continue;
4015 }
4016
4017 if (overlay_debugging
4018 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4019 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4020 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4021
4022 return 1;
4023 }
4024
4025 return 0;
4026 }
4027 \f
4028
4029 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4030 in breakpoint.h. */
4031
4032 int
4033 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4034 {
4035 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4036 }
4037
4038 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4039 'next' chain. */
4040
4041 static void
4042 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4043 {
4044 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4045 value_free (bs->old_val);
4046 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4047 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4048 xfree (bs);
4049 }
4050
4051 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4052 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4053
4054 void
4055 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4056 {
4057 bpstat p;
4058 bpstat q;
4059
4060 if (bsp == 0)
4061 return;
4062 p = *bsp;
4063 while (p != NULL)
4064 {
4065 q = p->next;
4066 bpstat_free (p);
4067 p = q;
4068 }
4069 *bsp = NULL;
4070 }
4071
4072 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4073 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4074
4075 bpstat
4076 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4077 {
4078 bpstat p = NULL;
4079 bpstat tmp;
4080 bpstat retval = NULL;
4081
4082 if (bs == NULL)
4083 return bs;
4084
4085 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4086 {
4087 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4088 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4089 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4090 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4091 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4092 {
4093 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4094 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4095 }
4096
4097 if (p == NULL)
4098 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4099 retval = tmp;
4100 else
4101 p->next = tmp;
4102 p = tmp;
4103 }
4104 p->next = NULL;
4105 return retval;
4106 }
4107
4108 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4109
4110 bpstat
4111 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4112 {
4113 if (bsp == NULL)
4114 return NULL;
4115
4116 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4117 {
4118 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4119 return bsp;
4120 }
4121 return NULL;
4122 }
4123
4124 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4125 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4126 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4127 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4128
4129 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4130 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4131 we set it.
4132 Return 1 otherwise. */
4133
4134 int
4135 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4136 {
4137 struct breakpoint *b;
4138
4139 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4140 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4141
4142 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4143 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4144 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4145 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4146 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4147 if (b == NULL)
4148 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4149
4150 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4151 return 1;
4152 }
4153
4154 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4155
4156 void
4157 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4158 {
4159 struct thread_info *tp;
4160 bpstat bs;
4161
4162 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4163 return;
4164
4165 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4166 if (tp == NULL)
4167 return;
4168
4169 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4170 {
4171 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4172
4173 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4174 {
4175 value_free (bs->old_val);
4176 bs->old_val = NULL;
4177 }
4178 }
4179 }
4180
4181 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4182
4183 static void
4184 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4185 {
4186 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4187 {
4188 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4189
4190 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4191 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4192 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4193 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4194 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4195 return;
4196 }
4197
4198 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4199 }
4200
4201 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4202 command. */
4203 static void
4204 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4205 {
4206 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4207 }
4208
4209 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4210 or its equivalent. */
4211
4212 static int
4213 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4214 {
4215 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4216 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4217 }
4218
4219 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4220 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4221 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4222 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4223
4224 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4225 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4226 bpstat of the current thread. */
4227
4228 static int
4229 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4230 {
4231 bpstat bs;
4232 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4233 int again = 0;
4234
4235 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4236 in bs->commands. */
4237 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4238 return 0;
4239
4240 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4241 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4242
4243 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4244
4245 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4246 bs = *bsp;
4247
4248 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4249 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4250 {
4251 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4252 struct command_line *cmd;
4253 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4254
4255 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4256
4257 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4258 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4259 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4260 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4261 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4262 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4263 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4264 the tree when we're done. */
4265 ccmd = bs->commands;
4266 bs->commands = NULL;
4267 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4268 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4269 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4270 {
4271 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4272 cmd = cmd->next;
4273 }
4274
4275 while (cmd != NULL)
4276 {
4277 execute_control_command (cmd);
4278
4279 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4280 break;
4281 else
4282 cmd = cmd->next;
4283 }
4284
4285 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4286 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4287
4288 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4289 {
4290 if (target_can_async_p ())
4291 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4292 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4293 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4294 ;
4295 else
4296 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4297 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4298 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4299 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4300 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4301 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4302 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4303 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4304 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4305 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4306 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4307 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4308 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4309 again = 1;
4310 break;
4311 }
4312 }
4313 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4314 return again;
4315 }
4316
4317 void
4318 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4319 {
4320 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4321
4322 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4323 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4324 && target_has_execution
4325 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4326 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4327 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4328 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4329 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4330 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4331 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4332 break;
4333
4334 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4335 }
4336
4337 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4338
4339 static void
4340 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4341 {
4342 if (val == NULL)
4343 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4344 else
4345 {
4346 struct value_print_options opts;
4347 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4348 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4349 }
4350 }
4351
4352 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4353 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4354 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4355 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4356 normal_stop(). */
4357
4358 static enum print_stop_action
4359 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4360 {
4361 switch (bs->print_it)
4362 {
4363 case print_it_noop:
4364 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4365 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4366 break;
4367
4368 case print_it_done:
4369 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4370 relevant messages. */
4371 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4372 break;
4373
4374 case print_it_normal:
4375 {
4376 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4377
4378 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4379 which has since been deleted. */
4380 if (b == NULL)
4381 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4382
4383 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4384 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4385 }
4386 break;
4387
4388 default:
4389 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4390 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4391 break;
4392 }
4393 }
4394
4395 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4396
4397 static void
4398 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4399 {
4400 int any_deleted
4401 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4402 int any_added
4403 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4404
4405 if (!is_catchpoint)
4406 {
4407 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4408 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4409 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4410 else
4411 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4412 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4413 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4414 }
4415
4416 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4417 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4418 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4419
4420 if (any_deleted)
4421 {
4422 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4423 char *name;
4424 int ix;
4425
4426 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4427 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4428 "removed");
4429 for (ix = 0;
4430 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4431 ix, name);
4432 ++ix)
4433 {
4434 if (ix > 0)
4435 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4436 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4437 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4438 }
4439
4440 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4441 }
4442
4443 if (any_added)
4444 {
4445 struct so_list *iter;
4446 int ix;
4447 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4448
4449 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4450 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4451 "added");
4452 for (ix = 0;
4453 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4454 ix, iter);
4455 ++ix)
4456 {
4457 if (ix > 0)
4458 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4459 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4461 }
4462
4463 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4464 }
4465 }
4466
4467 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4468 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4469 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4470 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4471 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4472 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4473 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4474 routine is one of:
4475
4476 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4477 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4478 code to print the location. An example is
4479 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4480 the location.
4481 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4482 to also print the location part of the message.
4483 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4484 don't require a location appended to the end.
4485 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4486 further info to be printed. */
4487
4488 enum print_stop_action
4489 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4490 {
4491 int val;
4492
4493 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4494 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4495 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4496 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4497 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4498 {
4499 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4500 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4501 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4502 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4503 return val;
4504 }
4505
4506 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4507 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4508 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4509 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4510 {
4511 print_solib_event (0);
4512 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4513 }
4514
4515 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4516 with and nothing was printed. */
4517 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4518 }
4519
4520 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4521 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4522 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4523 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4524
4525 static int
4526 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4527 {
4528 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4529 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4530
4531 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4532 return i;
4533 }
4534
4535 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4536
4537 static bpstat
4538 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4539 {
4540 bpstat bs;
4541
4542 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4543 bs->next = NULL;
4544 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4545 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4546 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4547 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4548 incref_bp_location (bl);
4549 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4550 bs->commands = NULL;
4551 bs->old_val = NULL;
4552 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4553 return bs;
4554 }
4555 \f
4556 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4557 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4558
4559 int
4560 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4561 {
4562 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4563 CORE_ADDR addr;
4564 struct breakpoint *b;
4565
4566 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4567 {
4568 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4569 as not triggered. */
4570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4571 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4572 {
4573 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4574
4575 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4576 }
4577
4578 return 0;
4579 }
4580
4581 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4582 {
4583 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4584 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4585 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4586 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4587 {
4588 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4589
4590 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4591 }
4592
4593 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4594 }
4595
4596 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4597 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4598 triggered. */
4599
4600 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4601 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4602 {
4603 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4604 struct bp_location *loc;
4605
4606 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4607 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4608 {
4609 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4610 {
4611 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4612 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4613
4614 if (newaddr == start)
4615 {
4616 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4617 break;
4618 }
4619 }
4620 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4621 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4622 addr, loc->address,
4623 loc->length))
4624 {
4625 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4626 break;
4627 }
4628 }
4629 }
4630
4631 return 1;
4632 }
4633
4634 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4635 because of check_errors). */
4636 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4637 #define WP_DELETED 1
4638 /* The value has changed. */
4639 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4640 /* The value has not changed. */
4641 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4642 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4643 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4644
4645 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4646 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4647
4648 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4649 changed.
4650
4651 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4652 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4653
4654 static int
4655 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4656 {
4657 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4658 struct watchpoint *b;
4659 struct frame_info *fr;
4660 int within_current_scope;
4661
4662 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4663 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4664 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4665
4666 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4667 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4668 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4669 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4670 return WP_IGNORE;
4671
4672 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4673 within_current_scope = 1;
4674 else
4675 {
4676 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4677 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4678 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4679
4680 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4681 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4682 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4683 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4684 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4685 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4686 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4687 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4688 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4689 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4690 return WP_IGNORE;
4691
4692 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4693 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4694
4695 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4696 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4697 if (within_current_scope)
4698 {
4699 struct symbol *function;
4700
4701 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4702 if (function == NULL
4703 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4704 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4705 within_current_scope = 0;
4706 }
4707
4708 if (within_current_scope)
4709 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4710 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4711 the user. */
4712 select_frame (fr);
4713 }
4714
4715 if (within_current_scope)
4716 {
4717 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4718 time before we return to the command level and call
4719 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4720 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4721
4722 int pc = 0;
4723 struct value *mark;
4724 struct value *new_val;
4725
4726 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4727 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4728 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4729 a mask watchpoint. */
4730 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4731
4732 mark = value_mark ();
4733 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4734
4735 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4736 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4737 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4738 not what we want. */
4739 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4740 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4741 {
4742 if (new_val != NULL)
4743 {
4744 release_value (new_val);
4745 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4746 }
4747 bs->old_val = b->val;
4748 b->val = new_val;
4749 b->val_valid = 1;
4750 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4751 }
4752 else
4753 {
4754 /* Nothing changed. */
4755 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4756 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4757 }
4758 }
4759 else
4760 {
4761 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4762
4763 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4764 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4765 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4766 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4767 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4768 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4769 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4770 the first value assigned). */
4771 /* We print all the stop information in
4772 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4773 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4774 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4775 here. */
4776 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4777 ui_out_field_string
4778 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4779 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4780 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4781 ui_out_text (uiout,
4782 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4783 which its expression is valid.\n");
4784
4785 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4786 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4787 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4788
4789 return WP_DELETED;
4790 }
4791 }
4792
4793 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4794 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4795 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4796
4797 static int
4798 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4799 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4800 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4801 {
4802 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4803
4804 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4805 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4806
4807 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4808 }
4809
4810 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4811 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4812
4813 static void
4814 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4815 {
4816 const struct bp_location *bl;
4817 struct watchpoint *b;
4818
4819 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4820 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4821 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4822 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4823 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4824
4825 {
4826 int must_check_value = 0;
4827
4828 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4829 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4830 watched value. */
4831 must_check_value = 1;
4832 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4833 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4834 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4835 this watchpoint. */
4836 must_check_value = 1;
4837 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4838 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4839 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4840 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4841 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4842 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4843 must_check_value = 1;
4844
4845 if (must_check_value)
4846 {
4847 char *message
4848 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4849 b->base.number);
4850 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4851 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4852 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4853 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4854 switch (e)
4855 {
4856 case WP_DELETED:
4857 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4858 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4859 /* Stop. */
4860 break;
4861 case WP_IGNORE:
4862 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4863 bs->stop = 0;
4864 break;
4865 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4866 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4867 {
4868 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4869
4870 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4871 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4872 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4873 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4874 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4875 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4876 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4877 old value.
4878
4879 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4880 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4881 happen:
4882
4883 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4884 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4885 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4886 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4887
4888 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4889 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4890 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4891 watchpoint.
4892
4893 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4894 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4895 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4896 changes. This still gives false positives when
4897 the program writes the same value to memory as
4898 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4899 it for a read), but it's much better than
4900 nothing. */
4901
4902 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4903
4904 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4905 {
4906 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4907
4908 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4909 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4910 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4911 {
4912 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4913 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4914
4915 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4916 == watch_triggered_yes)
4917 {
4918 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4919 break;
4920 }
4921 }
4922 }
4923
4924 if (other_write_watchpoint
4925 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4926 {
4927 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4928 and the value changed since the last time we
4929 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4930 Ignore it. */
4931 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4932 bs->stop = 0;
4933 }
4934 }
4935 break;
4936 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4937 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4938 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4939 {
4940 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4941 the value hasn't changed. */
4942 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4943 bs->stop = 0;
4944 }
4945 /* Stop. */
4946 break;
4947 default:
4948 /* Can't happen. */
4949 case 0:
4950 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4951 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4952 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4953 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4954 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4955 break;
4956 }
4957 }
4958 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4959 {
4960 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4961 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4962 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4963 anything for this watchpoint. */
4964 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4965 bs->stop = 0;
4966 }
4967 }
4968 }
4969
4970
4971 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4972 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4973 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4974
4975 static void
4976 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4977 {
4978 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4979 const struct bp_location *bl;
4980 struct breakpoint *b;
4981
4982 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4983 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4984 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4985 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4986 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4987
4988 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
4989 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
4990 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
4991
4992 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4993 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4994 bs->stop = 0;
4995 else if (bs->stop)
4996 {
4997 int value_is_zero = 0;
4998 struct expression *cond;
4999
5000 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5001 method implemented. */
5002 if (b->py_bp_object)
5003 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5004
5005 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5006 {
5007 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5008
5009 cond = w->cond_exp;
5010 }
5011 else
5012 cond = bl->cond;
5013
5014 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5015 {
5016 int within_current_scope = 1;
5017 struct watchpoint * w;
5018
5019 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5020 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5021 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5022 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5023 function call. */
5024 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5025
5026 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5027 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5028 else
5029 w = NULL;
5030
5031 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5032 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5033 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5034 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5035 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5036 call site. */
5037 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5038 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5039 else
5040 {
5041 struct frame_info *frame;
5042
5043 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5044 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5045 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5046 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5047 really matter which instantiation of the function
5048 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5049 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5050 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5051 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5052 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5053 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5054 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5055 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5056 intuitive. */
5057 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5058 if (frame != NULL)
5059 select_frame (frame);
5060 else
5061 within_current_scope = 0;
5062 }
5063 if (within_current_scope)
5064 value_is_zero
5065 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5066 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5067 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5068 else
5069 {
5070 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5071 "in the current scope"));
5072 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5073 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5074 value_is_zero = 0;
5075 }
5076 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5077 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5078 }
5079
5080 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5081 {
5082 bs->stop = 0;
5083 }
5084 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5085 {
5086 bs->stop = 0;
5087 }
5088 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5089 {
5090 b->ignore_count--;
5091 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5092 bs->stop = 0;
5093 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5094 ++(b->hit_count);
5095 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5096 }
5097 }
5098 }
5099
5100
5101 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5102 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5103
5104 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5105 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5106 that:
5107
5108 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5109
5110 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5111
5112 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5113 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5114 several reasons concurrently.)
5115
5116 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5117 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5118
5119 bpstat
5120 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5121 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5122 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5123 {
5124 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5125 struct bp_location *bl;
5126 struct bp_location *loc;
5127 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5128 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5129 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5130 bpstat bs;
5131 int ix;
5132 int need_remove_insert;
5133 int removed_any;
5134
5135 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5136 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5137 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5138 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5139 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5140 inferior function calls. */
5141
5142 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5143 {
5144 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5145 continue;
5146
5147 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5148 {
5149 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5150 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5151 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5152 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5153 checked all locations already. */
5154 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5155 break;
5156
5157 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
5158 continue;
5159
5160 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5161 continue;
5162
5163 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5164 matches. */
5165
5166 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5167 explain stop. */
5168
5169 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5170 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5171 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5172 bs->stop = 1;
5173 bs->print = 1;
5174
5175 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5176 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5177 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5178 iteration. */
5179 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5180 {
5181 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5182
5183 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5184 }
5185 }
5186 }
5187
5188 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5189 {
5190 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5191 {
5192 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5193 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5194 bs->stop = 0;
5195 bs->print = 0;
5196 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5197 }
5198 }
5199
5200 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5201 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5202 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5203 "catch unload". */
5204 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5205 {
5206 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5207 {
5208 handle_solib_event ();
5209 break;
5210 }
5211 }
5212
5213 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5214 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5215 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5216
5217 removed_any = 0;
5218
5219 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5220 {
5221 if (!bs->stop)
5222 continue;
5223
5224 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5225 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5226 if (bs->stop)
5227 {
5228 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5229
5230 if (bs->stop)
5231 {
5232 ++(b->hit_count);
5233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5234
5235 /* We will stop here. */
5236 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5237 {
5238 --(b->enable_count);
5239 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5240 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5241 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5242 removed_any = 1;
5243 }
5244 if (b->silent)
5245 bs->print = 0;
5246 bs->commands = b->commands;
5247 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5248 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5249 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5250 bs->print = 0;
5251 }
5252
5253 }
5254
5255 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5256 print. */
5257 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5258 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5259 }
5260
5261 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5262 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5263 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5264 done later. */
5265 need_remove_insert = 0;
5266 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5267 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5268 if (!bs->stop
5269 && bs->breakpoint_at
5270 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5271 {
5272 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5273
5274 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5275 need_remove_insert = 1;
5276 }
5277
5278 if (need_remove_insert)
5279 update_global_location_list (1);
5280 else if (removed_any)
5281 update_global_location_list (0);
5282
5283 return bs_head;
5284 }
5285
5286 static void
5287 handle_jit_event (void)
5288 {
5289 struct frame_info *frame;
5290 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5291
5292 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5293 breakpoint_re_set. */
5294 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5295
5296 frame = get_current_frame ();
5297 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5298
5299 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5300
5301 target_terminal_inferior ();
5302 }
5303
5304 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5305
5306 void
5307 handle_solib_event (void)
5308 {
5309 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5310
5311 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5312 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5313 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5314 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5315 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5316 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5317 #else
5318 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5319 #endif
5320 target_terminal_inferior ();
5321 }
5322
5323 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5324
5325 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5326
5327 struct bpstat_what
5328 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5329 {
5330 struct bpstat_what retval;
5331 int jit_event = 0;
5332 bpstat bs;
5333
5334 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5335 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5336 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5337
5338 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5339 {
5340 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5341 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5342 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5343 enum bptype bptype;
5344
5345 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5346 {
5347 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5348 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5349 bptype = bp_none;
5350 }
5351 else
5352 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5353
5354 switch (bptype)
5355 {
5356 case bp_none:
5357 break;
5358 case bp_breakpoint:
5359 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5360 case bp_until:
5361 case bp_finish:
5362 case bp_shlib_event:
5363 if (bs->stop)
5364 {
5365 if (bs->print)
5366 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5367 else
5368 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5369 }
5370 else
5371 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5372 break;
5373 case bp_watchpoint:
5374 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5375 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5376 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5377 if (bs->stop)
5378 {
5379 if (bs->print)
5380 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5381 else
5382 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5383 }
5384 else
5385 {
5386 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5387 This requires no further action. */
5388 }
5389 break;
5390 case bp_longjmp:
5391 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5392 case bp_exception:
5393 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5394 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5395 break;
5396 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5397 case bp_exception_resume:
5398 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5399 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5400 break;
5401 case bp_step_resume:
5402 if (bs->stop)
5403 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5404 else
5405 {
5406 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5407 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5408 }
5409 break;
5410 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5411 if (bs->stop)
5412 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5413 else
5414 {
5415 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5416 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5417 }
5418 break;
5419 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5420 case bp_thread_event:
5421 case bp_overlay_event:
5422 case bp_longjmp_master:
5423 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5424 case bp_exception_master:
5425 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5426 break;
5427 case bp_catchpoint:
5428 if (bs->stop)
5429 {
5430 if (bs->print)
5431 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5432 else
5433 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5434 }
5435 else
5436 {
5437 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5438 This requires no further action. */
5439 }
5440 break;
5441 case bp_jit_event:
5442 jit_event = 1;
5443 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5444 break;
5445 case bp_call_dummy:
5446 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5447 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5448 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5449 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5450 break;
5451 case bp_std_terminate:
5452 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5453 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5454 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5455 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5456 break;
5457 case bp_tracepoint:
5458 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5459 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5460 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5461 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5462 out already. */
5463 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5464 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5465 break;
5466 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5467 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5468 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5469 break;
5470 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5471 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5472 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5473 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5474 break;
5475
5476 case bp_dprintf:
5477 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5478 break;
5479
5480 default:
5481 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5482 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5483 }
5484
5485 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5486 }
5487
5488 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5489 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5490
5491 if (jit_event)
5492 {
5493 if (debug_infrun)
5494 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5495
5496 handle_jit_event ();
5497 }
5498
5499 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5500 {
5501 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5502
5503 if (b == NULL)
5504 continue;
5505 switch (b->type)
5506 {
5507 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5508 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5509 break;
5510 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5511 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5512 break;
5513 }
5514 }
5515
5516 return retval;
5517 }
5518
5519 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5520 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5521 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5522
5523 int
5524 bpstat_should_step (void)
5525 {
5526 struct breakpoint *b;
5527
5528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5529 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5530 return 1;
5531 return 0;
5532 }
5533
5534 int
5535 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5536 {
5537 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5538 if (bs->stop)
5539 return 1;
5540
5541 return 0;
5542 }
5543
5544 \f
5545
5546 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5547 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5548 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5549
5550 static char *
5551 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5552 {
5553 static char wrap_indent[80];
5554 int i, total_width, width, align;
5555 char *text;
5556
5557 total_width = 0;
5558 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5559 {
5560 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5561 {
5562 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5563 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5564 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5565
5566 return wrap_indent;
5567 }
5568
5569 total_width += width + 1;
5570 }
5571
5572 return NULL;
5573 }
5574
5575 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5576 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5577
5578 "host": Host evals condition.
5579 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5580 "target": Target evals condition.
5581 */
5582
5583 static const char *
5584 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5585 {
5586 struct bp_location *bl;
5587 char host_evals = 0;
5588 char target_evals = 0;
5589
5590 if (!b)
5591 return NULL;
5592
5593 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5594 return NULL;
5595
5596 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5597 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5598 return condition_evaluation_host;
5599
5600 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5601 {
5602 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5603 target_evals++;
5604 else
5605 host_evals++;
5606 }
5607
5608 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5609 return condition_evaluation_both;
5610 else if (target_evals)
5611 return condition_evaluation_target;
5612 else
5613 return condition_evaluation_host;
5614 }
5615
5616 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5617 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5618
5619 static const char *
5620 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5621 {
5622 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5623 return NULL;
5624
5625 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5626 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5627 return condition_evaluation_host;
5628
5629 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5630 return condition_evaluation_target;
5631 else
5632 return condition_evaluation_host;
5633 }
5634
5635 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5636
5637 static void
5638 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5639 struct bp_location *loc)
5640 {
5641 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5642 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5643
5644 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5645 loc = NULL;
5646
5647 if (loc != NULL)
5648 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5649
5650 if (b->display_canonical)
5651 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5652 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5653 {
5654 struct symbol *sym
5655 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5656 if (sym)
5657 {
5658 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5659 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5660 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5661 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5662 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5663 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5664 }
5665 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5666 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5667
5668 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5669 {
5670 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5671 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5672
5673 if (fullname)
5674 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5675 }
5676
5677 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5678 }
5679 else if (loc)
5680 {
5681 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5682 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5683
5684 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5685 demangle, "");
5686 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5687
5688 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5689 }
5690 else
5691 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5692
5693 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5694 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5695 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5696 {
5697 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5699 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5700 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5701 }
5702
5703 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5704 }
5705
5706 static const char *
5707 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5708 {
5709 struct ep_type_description
5710 {
5711 enum bptype type;
5712 char *description;
5713 };
5714 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5715 {
5716 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5717 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5718 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5719 {bp_until, "until"},
5720 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5721 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5722 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5723 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5724 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5725 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5726 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5727 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5728 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5729 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5730 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5731 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5732 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5733 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5734 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5735 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5736 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5737 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5738 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5739 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5740 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5741 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5742 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5743 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5744 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5745 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5746 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5747 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5748 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5749 };
5750
5751 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5752 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5753 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5754 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5755 (int) type);
5756
5757 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5758 }
5759
5760 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5761
5762 static void
5763 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5764 struct bp_location *loc,
5765 int loc_number,
5766 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5767 int allflag)
5768 {
5769 struct command_line *l;
5770 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5771
5772 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5773 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5774 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5775 struct value_print_options opts;
5776
5777 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5778
5779 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5780 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5781 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5782 if (loc == NULL
5783 && (b->loc != NULL
5784 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5785 header_of_multiple = 1;
5786 if (loc == NULL)
5787 loc = b->loc;
5788
5789 annotate_record ();
5790
5791 /* 1 */
5792 annotate_field (0);
5793 if (part_of_multiple)
5794 {
5795 char *formatted;
5796 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5797 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5798 xfree (formatted);
5799 }
5800 else
5801 {
5802 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5803 }
5804
5805 /* 2 */
5806 annotate_field (1);
5807 if (part_of_multiple)
5808 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5809 else
5810 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5811
5812 /* 3 */
5813 annotate_field (2);
5814 if (part_of_multiple)
5815 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5816 else
5817 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5818
5819
5820 /* 4 */
5821 annotate_field (3);
5822 if (part_of_multiple)
5823 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5824 else
5825 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5826 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5827 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5828
5829
5830 /* 5 and 6 */
5831 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5832 {
5833 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5834 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5835 make sure there's just one location. */
5836 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5837 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5838 }
5839 else
5840 switch (b->type)
5841 {
5842 case bp_none:
5843 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5844 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5845 break;
5846
5847 case bp_watchpoint:
5848 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5849 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5850 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5851 {
5852 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5853
5854 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5855 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5856 is relatively readable). */
5857 if (opts.addressprint)
5858 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5859 annotate_field (5);
5860 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5861 }
5862 break;
5863
5864 case bp_breakpoint:
5865 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5866 case bp_until:
5867 case bp_finish:
5868 case bp_longjmp:
5869 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5870 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5871 case bp_exception:
5872 case bp_exception_resume:
5873 case bp_step_resume:
5874 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5875 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5876 case bp_call_dummy:
5877 case bp_std_terminate:
5878 case bp_shlib_event:
5879 case bp_thread_event:
5880 case bp_overlay_event:
5881 case bp_longjmp_master:
5882 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5883 case bp_exception_master:
5884 case bp_tracepoint:
5885 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5886 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5887 case bp_dprintf:
5888 case bp_jit_event:
5889 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5890 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5891 if (opts.addressprint)
5892 {
5893 annotate_field (4);
5894 if (header_of_multiple)
5895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5896 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5897 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5898 else
5899 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5900 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5901 }
5902 annotate_field (5);
5903 if (!header_of_multiple)
5904 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5905 if (b->loc)
5906 *last_loc = b->loc;
5907 break;
5908 }
5909
5910
5911 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5912 are several. */
5913 if (loc != NULL
5914 && !header_of_multiple
5915 && (allflag
5916 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5917 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5918 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5919 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5920 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5921 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5922 {
5923 struct inferior *inf;
5924 int first = 1;
5925
5926 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5927 {
5928 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5929 {
5930 if (first)
5931 {
5932 first = 0;
5933 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5934 }
5935 else
5936 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5937 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5938 }
5939 }
5940 }
5941
5942 if (!part_of_multiple)
5943 {
5944 if (b->thread != -1)
5945 {
5946 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5947 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5948 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5949 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5950 }
5951 else if (b->task != 0)
5952 {
5953 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5954 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5955 }
5956 }
5957
5958 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5959
5960 if (!part_of_multiple)
5961 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5962
5963 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5964 {
5965 annotate_field (6);
5966 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5967 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5968 the frame ID. */
5969 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5970 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5971 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5972 }
5973
5974 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5975 {
5976 annotate_field (7);
5977 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5978 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5979 else
5980 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5982
5983 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
5984 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
5985 if (is_breakpoint (b)
5986 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
5987 == condition_evaluation_target)
5988 {
5989 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5990 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5991 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
5992 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
5993 }
5994 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5995 }
5996
5997 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5998 {
5999 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6000 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6001 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6003 }
6004
6005 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
6006 {
6007 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6008 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6009 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6010 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6011 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6012 else
6013 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6014 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6015 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6016 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6017 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6018 else
6019 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6020 }
6021
6022 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
6023 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
6024 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6025 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
6026 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6027
6028 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6029 {
6030 annotate_field (8);
6031 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6032 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6033 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6034 }
6035
6036 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6037 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6038 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6039 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6040 {
6041 annotate_field (8);
6042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6043 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6044 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6045 if (b->ignore_count)
6046 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6047 else
6048 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6049 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6050 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6051 }
6052
6053 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6054 {
6055 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6056
6057 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6058 {
6059 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6060 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6061 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6062 }
6063 }
6064
6065 if (!part_of_multiple && b->extra_string
6066 && b->type == bp_dprintf && !b->commands)
6067 {
6068 annotate_field (7);
6069 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t(agent printf) ");
6070 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "printf", b->extra_string);
6071 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6072 }
6073
6074 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6075 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6076 {
6077 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6078
6079 annotate_field (9);
6080 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6081 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6082 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6083 }
6084
6085 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6086 {
6087 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6088
6089 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6090 {
6091 annotate_field (10);
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6093 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6094 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6095 }
6096 }
6097
6098 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6099 {
6100 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6101 {
6102 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6103
6104 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6105 }
6106 else if (b->addr_string)
6107 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6108 }
6109 }
6110
6111 static void
6112 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6113 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6114 int allflag)
6115 {
6116 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6117 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6118
6119 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6120
6121 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6122 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6123
6124 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6125 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6126 locations, if any. */
6127 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6128 {
6129 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6130 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6131 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6132 situation.
6133
6134 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6135 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6136 if (b->loc
6137 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6138 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6139 {
6140 struct bp_location *loc;
6141 int n = 1;
6142
6143 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6144 {
6145 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6146 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6147 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6148 do_cleanups (inner2);
6149 }
6150 }
6151 }
6152 }
6153
6154 static int
6155 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6156 {
6157 int print_address_bits = 0;
6158 struct bp_location *loc;
6159
6160 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6161 {
6162 int addr_bit;
6163
6164 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6165 an address to print. */
6166 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6167 continue;
6168
6169 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6170 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6171 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6172 }
6173
6174 return print_address_bits;
6175 }
6176
6177 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6178 {
6179 int bnum;
6180 };
6181
6182 static int
6183 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6184 {
6185 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6186 struct breakpoint *b;
6187 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6188
6189 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6190 {
6191 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6192 {
6193 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6194 return GDB_RC_OK;
6195 }
6196 }
6197 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6198 }
6199
6200 enum gdb_rc
6201 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6202 char **error_message)
6203 {
6204 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6205
6206 args.bnum = bnum;
6207 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6208 an error. */
6209 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6210 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6211 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6212 else
6213 return GDB_RC_OK;
6214 }
6215
6216 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6217 internal or momentary. */
6218
6219 int
6220 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6221 {
6222 return b->number > 0;
6223 }
6224
6225 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6226 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6227 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6228 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6229 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6230 breakpoints listed. */
6231
6232 static int
6233 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6234 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6235 {
6236 struct breakpoint *b;
6237 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6238 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6239 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6240 struct value_print_options opts;
6241 int print_address_bits = 0;
6242 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6243 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6244
6245 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6246
6247 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6248 required for address fields. */
6249 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6250 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6251 {
6252 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6253 if (filter && !filter (b))
6254 continue;
6255
6256 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6257 accept. Skip the others. */
6258 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6259 {
6260 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6261 continue;
6262 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6263 continue;
6264 }
6265
6266 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6267 {
6268 int addr_bit, type_len;
6269
6270 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6271 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6272 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6273
6274 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6275 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6276 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6277
6278 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6279 }
6280 }
6281
6282 if (opts.addressprint)
6283 bkpttbl_chain
6284 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6285 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6286 "BreakpointTable");
6287 else
6288 bkpttbl_chain
6289 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6290 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6291 "BreakpointTable");
6292
6293 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6294 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6295 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6296 annotate_field (0);
6297 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6298 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6299 annotate_field (1);
6300 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6301 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6302 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6303 annotate_field (2);
6304 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6306 annotate_field (3);
6307 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6308 if (opts.addressprint)
6309 {
6310 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6311 annotate_field (4);
6312 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6313 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6314 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6315 else
6316 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6317 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6318 }
6319 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6320 annotate_field (5);
6321 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6322 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6323 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6324 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6325
6326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6327 {
6328 QUIT;
6329 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6330 if (filter && !filter (b))
6331 continue;
6332
6333 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6334 accept. Skip the others. */
6335
6336 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6337 {
6338 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6339 {
6340 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6341 continue;
6342 }
6343 else /* all others */
6344 {
6345 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6346 continue;
6347 }
6348 }
6349 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6350 allflag is set. */
6351 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6352 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6353 }
6354
6355 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6356
6357 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6358 {
6359 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6360 empty list. */
6361 if (!filter)
6362 {
6363 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6364 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6365 else
6366 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6367 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6368 args);
6369 }
6370 }
6371 else
6372 {
6373 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6374 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6375 }
6376
6377 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6378 there have been breakpoints? */
6379 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6380
6381 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6382 }
6383
6384 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6385 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6386
6387 static void
6388 default_collect_info (void)
6389 {
6390 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6391
6392 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6393 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6394 not wanted. */
6395 if (!*default_collect)
6396 return;
6397
6398 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6399 actions. */
6400 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6401 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6402 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6403 }
6404
6405 static void
6406 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6407 {
6408 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6409
6410 default_collect_info ();
6411 }
6412
6413 static void
6414 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6415 {
6416 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6417 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6418
6419 if (num_printed == 0)
6420 {
6421 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6422 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6423 else
6424 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6425 }
6426 }
6427
6428 static void
6429 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6430 {
6431 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6432
6433 default_collect_info ();
6434 }
6435
6436 static int
6437 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6438 struct program_space *pspace,
6439 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6440 {
6441 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6442
6443 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6444 {
6445 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6446 && bl->address == pc
6447 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6448 return 1;
6449 }
6450 return 0;
6451 }
6452
6453 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6454 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6455 address spaces. */
6456
6457 static void
6458 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6459 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6460 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6461 {
6462 int others = 0;
6463 struct breakpoint *b;
6464
6465 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6466 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6467 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6468 if (others > 0)
6469 {
6470 if (others == 1)
6471 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6472 else /* if (others == ???) */
6473 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6474 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6475 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6476 {
6477 others--;
6478 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6479 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6480 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6481 else if (b->thread != -1)
6482 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6483 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6484 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6485 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6486 ? " (disabled)"
6487 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6488 ? " (permanent)"
6489 : ""),
6490 (others > 1) ? ","
6491 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6492 }
6493 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6494 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6495 printf_filtered (".\n");
6496 }
6497 }
6498 \f
6499
6500 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6501 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6502 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6503 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6504
6505 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6506 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6507 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6508 breakpoint at address zero:
6509
6510 bp_watchpoint
6511 bp_catchpoint
6512
6513 */
6514
6515 static int
6516 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6517 {
6518 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6519
6520 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6521 }
6522
6523 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6524 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6525
6526 static int
6527 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6528 struct bp_location *loc2)
6529 {
6530 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6531 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6532
6533 /* Both of them must exist. */
6534 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6535 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6536
6537 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6538 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6539 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6540 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6541 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6542 other watchpoint. */
6543 if ((w1->cond_exp
6544 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6545 loc1->length,
6546 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6547 w1->cond_exp))
6548 || (w2->cond_exp
6549 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6550 loc2->length,
6551 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6552 w2->cond_exp)))
6553 return 0;
6554
6555 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6556 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6557 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6558 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6559 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6560 become hw_access locations later. */
6561 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6562 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6563 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6564 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6565 }
6566
6567 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6568 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6569 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6570 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6571
6572 static int
6573 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6574 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6575 {
6576 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6577 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6578 && addr1 == addr2);
6579 }
6580
6581 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6582 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6583 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6584 space doesn't really matter. */
6585
6586 static int
6587 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6588 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6589 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6590 {
6591 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6592 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6593 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6594 }
6595
6596 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6597 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6598 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6599 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6600
6601 static int
6602 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6603 struct address_space *aspace,
6604 CORE_ADDR addr)
6605 {
6606 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6607 aspace, addr)
6608 || (bl->length
6609 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6610 bl->address, bl->length,
6611 aspace, addr)));
6612 }
6613
6614 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6615 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6616 true, otherwise returns false. */
6617
6618 static int
6619 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6620 struct bp_location *loc2)
6621 {
6622 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6623 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6624 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6625 different locations. */
6626 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6627 else
6628 return 0;
6629 }
6630
6631 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6632 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6633 represent the same location. */
6634
6635 static int
6636 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6637 struct bp_location *loc2)
6638 {
6639 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6640
6641 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6642 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6643 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6644
6645 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6646 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6647
6648 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6649 return 0;
6650 else if (hw_point1)
6651 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6652 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6653 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6654 else
6655 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6656 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6657 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6658 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6659 }
6660
6661 static void
6662 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6663 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6664 {
6665 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6666 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6667 char astr1[64];
6668 char astr2[64];
6669
6670 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6671 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6672 if (have_bnum)
6673 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6674 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6675 else
6676 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6677 }
6678
6679 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6680 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6681 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6682 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6683
6684 static CORE_ADDR
6685 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6686 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6687 {
6688 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6689 {
6690 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6691 return bpaddr;
6692 }
6693 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6694 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6695 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6696 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6697 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6698 {
6699 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6700 have their addresses modified. */
6701 return bpaddr;
6702 }
6703 else
6704 {
6705 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6706
6707 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6708 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6709 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6710
6711 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6712 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6713 is required. */
6714 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6715 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6716
6717 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6718 }
6719 }
6720
6721 void
6722 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6723 struct breakpoint *owner)
6724 {
6725 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6726
6727 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6728
6729 loc->ops = ops;
6730 loc->owner = owner;
6731 loc->cond = NULL;
6732 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6733 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6734 loc->enabled = 1;
6735
6736 switch (owner->type)
6737 {
6738 case bp_breakpoint:
6739 case bp_until:
6740 case bp_finish:
6741 case bp_longjmp:
6742 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6743 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6744 case bp_exception:
6745 case bp_exception_resume:
6746 case bp_step_resume:
6747 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6748 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6749 case bp_call_dummy:
6750 case bp_std_terminate:
6751 case bp_shlib_event:
6752 case bp_thread_event:
6753 case bp_overlay_event:
6754 case bp_jit_event:
6755 case bp_longjmp_master:
6756 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6757 case bp_exception_master:
6758 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6759 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6760 case bp_dprintf:
6761 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6762 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6763 break;
6764 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6765 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6766 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6767 break;
6768 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6769 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6770 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6771 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6772 break;
6773 case bp_watchpoint:
6774 case bp_catchpoint:
6775 case bp_tracepoint:
6776 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6777 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6778 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6779 break;
6780 default:
6781 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6782 }
6783
6784 loc->refc = 1;
6785 }
6786
6787 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6788
6789 static struct bp_location *
6790 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6791 {
6792 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6793 }
6794
6795 static void
6796 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6797 {
6798 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6799 xfree (loc);
6800 }
6801
6802 /* Increment reference count. */
6803
6804 static void
6805 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6806 {
6807 ++bl->refc;
6808 }
6809
6810 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6811 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6812
6813 static void
6814 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6815 {
6816 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6817
6818 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6819 free_bp_location (*blp);
6820 *blp = NULL;
6821 }
6822
6823 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6824
6825 static void
6826 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6827 {
6828 struct breakpoint *b1;
6829
6830 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6831 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6832
6833 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6834 if (b1 == 0)
6835 breakpoint_chain = b;
6836 else
6837 {
6838 while (b1->next)
6839 b1 = b1->next;
6840 b1->next = b;
6841 }
6842 }
6843
6844 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6845
6846 static void
6847 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6848 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6849 enum bptype bptype,
6850 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6851 {
6852 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6853
6854 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6855
6856 b->ops = ops;
6857 b->type = bptype;
6858 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6859 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6860 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6861 b->thread = -1;
6862 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6863 b->next = 0;
6864 b->silent = 0;
6865 b->ignore_count = 0;
6866 b->commands = NULL;
6867 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6868 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6869 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6870 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6871 }
6872
6873 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6874 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6875
6876 static struct breakpoint *
6877 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6878 enum bptype bptype,
6879 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6880 {
6881 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6882
6883 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6884 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6885 return b;
6886 }
6887
6888 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6889 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6890 enough. */
6891
6892 static void
6893 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6894 {
6895 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6896
6897 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6898 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6899 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6900 {
6901 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6902 const char *function_name;
6903 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6904
6905 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6906 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6907
6908 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6909 {
6910 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6911
6912 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6913 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6914 &loc->requested_address))
6915 {
6916 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6917 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6918 loc->requested_address,
6919 b->type);
6920 }
6921 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6922 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6923 {
6924 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6925 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6926 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6927 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6928 breakpoint. */
6929 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6930 }
6931 }
6932
6933 if (function_name)
6934 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6935 }
6936 }
6937
6938 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6939 struct gdbarch *
6940 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6941 {
6942 if (sal.section)
6943 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6944 if (sal.symtab)
6945 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6946
6947 return NULL;
6948 }
6949
6950 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6951 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6952 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6953
6954 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6955 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6956 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6957
6958 static void
6959 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6960 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6961 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6962 {
6963 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6964
6965 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6966
6967 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
6968 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
6969
6970 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6971 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6972 program space. */
6973 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6974 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
6975
6976 breakpoints_changed ();
6977 }
6978
6979 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
6980 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
6981 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
6982 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
6983 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
6984 is also returned as the value of this function.
6985
6986 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6987 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6988 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
6989 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
6990 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
6991 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
6992 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
6993
6994 struct breakpoint *
6995 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6996 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6997 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6998 {
6999 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7000
7001 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7002 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7003 return b;
7004 }
7005
7006
7007 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7008 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7009 void
7010 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7011 {
7012 struct bp_location *bl;
7013
7014 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7015
7016 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7017 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7018 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7019 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7020 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7021 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7022 bl->inserted = 1;
7023 }
7024
7025 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7026 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7027 initiated the operation. */
7028
7029 void
7030 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7031 {
7032 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7033 int thread = tp->num;
7034
7035 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7036 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7037 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7038 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7040 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7041 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7042 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7043 {
7044 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7045 struct breakpoint *clone;
7046
7047 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7048 after their removal. */
7049 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7050 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7051 clone->thread = thread;
7052 }
7053
7054 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7055 }
7056
7057 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7058 void
7059 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7060 {
7061 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7062
7063 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7064 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7065 {
7066 if (b->thread == thread)
7067 delete_breakpoint (b);
7068 }
7069 }
7070
7071 void
7072 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7073 {
7074 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7075
7076 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7077 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7078 {
7079 if (b->thread == thread)
7080 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7081 }
7082 }
7083
7084 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7085 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7086 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7087 breakpoints. */
7088
7089 struct breakpoint *
7090 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7091 {
7092 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7093
7094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7095 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7096 {
7097 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7098
7099 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7100 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7101 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7102
7103 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7104
7105 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7106 if (retval == NULL)
7107 retval = new_b;
7108 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7109 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7110 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7111 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7112 }
7113
7114 return retval;
7115 }
7116
7117 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7118 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7119 stack.
7120
7121 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7122 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7123 frames. */
7124
7125 void
7126 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7127 {
7128 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7129
7130 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7131 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7132 {
7133 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7134
7135 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7136 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7137 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7138 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7139 continue;
7140
7141 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7142
7143 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7144 {
7145 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7146 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7147 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7148 }
7149 delete_breakpoint (b);
7150 }
7151 }
7152
7153 void
7154 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7155 {
7156 struct breakpoint *b;
7157
7158 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7159 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7160 {
7161 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7162 update_global_location_list (1);
7163 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7164 }
7165 }
7166
7167 void
7168 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7169 {
7170 struct breakpoint *b;
7171
7172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7173 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7174 {
7175 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7176 update_global_location_list (0);
7177 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7178 }
7179 }
7180
7181 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7182 master breakpoint. */
7183 void
7184 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7185 {
7186 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7187
7188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7189 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7190 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7191 {
7192 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7193 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7194 }
7195 }
7196
7197 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7198 void
7199 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7200 {
7201 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7202
7203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7204 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7205 delete_breakpoint (b);
7206 }
7207
7208 struct breakpoint *
7209 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7210 {
7211 struct breakpoint *b;
7212
7213 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7214 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7215
7216 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7217 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7218 b->addr_string
7219 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7220
7221 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7222
7223 return b;
7224 }
7225
7226 void
7227 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7228 {
7229 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7230
7231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7232 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7233 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7234 delete_breakpoint (b);
7235 }
7236
7237 struct lang_and_radix
7238 {
7239 enum language lang;
7240 int radix;
7241 };
7242
7243 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7244
7245 struct breakpoint *
7246 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7247 {
7248 struct breakpoint *b;
7249
7250 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7251 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7252 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7253 return b;
7254 }
7255
7256 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7257
7258 void
7259 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7260 {
7261 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7262
7263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7264 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7265 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7266 delete_breakpoint (b);
7267 }
7268
7269 void
7270 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7271 {
7272 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7273
7274 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7275 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7276 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7277 delete_breakpoint (b);
7278 }
7279
7280 struct breakpoint *
7281 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7282 {
7283 struct breakpoint *b;
7284
7285 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7286 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7287 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7288 return b;
7289 }
7290
7291 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7292 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7293
7294 void
7295 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7296 {
7297 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7298
7299 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7300 {
7301 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7302 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7303
7304 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7305 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7306 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7307 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7308 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7309 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7310 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7311 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7312 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7313 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7314 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7315 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7316 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7317 #else
7318 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7319 #endif
7320 )
7321 {
7322 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7323 }
7324 }
7325 }
7326
7327 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7328 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7329 disabled. */
7330
7331 static void
7332 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7333 {
7334 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7335 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7336
7337 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7338 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7339 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7340 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7341 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7342 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7343 return;
7344
7345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7346 {
7347 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7348 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7349
7350 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7351 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7352 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7353 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7354 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7355 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7356 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7357 || is_tracepoint (b))
7358 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7359 {
7360 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7361 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7362 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7363 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7364 loc->inserted = 0;
7365
7366 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7367 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7368
7369 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7370 {
7371 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7372 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7373 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7374 solib->so_name);
7375 }
7376 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7377 }
7378 }
7379 }
7380
7381 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7382
7383 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7384 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7385 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7386 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7387 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7388
7389 struct fork_catchpoint
7390 {
7391 /* The base class. */
7392 struct breakpoint base;
7393
7394 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7395 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7396 catchpoint has triggered. */
7397 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7398 };
7399
7400 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7401 catchpoints. */
7402
7403 static int
7404 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7405 {
7406 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7407 }
7408
7409 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7410 catchpoints. */
7411
7412 static int
7413 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7414 {
7415 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7416 }
7417
7418 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7419 catchpoints. */
7420
7421 static int
7422 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7423 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7424 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7425 {
7426 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7427
7428 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7429 return 0;
7430
7431 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7432 return 1;
7433 }
7434
7435 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7436 catchpoints. */
7437
7438 static enum print_stop_action
7439 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7440 {
7441 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7442 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7443 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7444
7445 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7446 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7447 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7448 else
7449 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7450 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7451 {
7452 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7453 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7454 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7455 }
7456 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7457 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7458 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7459 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7460 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7461 }
7462
7463 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7464 catchpoints. */
7465
7466 static void
7467 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7468 {
7469 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7470 struct value_print_options opts;
7471 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7472
7473 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7474
7475 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7476 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7477 readable). */
7478 if (opts.addressprint)
7479 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7480 annotate_field (5);
7481 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7482 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7483 {
7484 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7485 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7486 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7487 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7488 }
7489 }
7490
7491 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7492 catchpoints. */
7493
7494 static void
7495 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7496 {
7497 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7498 }
7499
7500 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7501 catchpoints. */
7502
7503 static void
7504 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7505 {
7506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7507 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7508 }
7509
7510 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7511
7512 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7513
7514 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7515 catchpoints. */
7516
7517 static int
7518 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7519 {
7520 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7521 }
7522
7523 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7524 catchpoints. */
7525
7526 static int
7527 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7528 {
7529 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7530 }
7531
7532 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7533 catchpoints. */
7534
7535 static int
7536 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7537 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7538 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7539 {
7540 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7541
7542 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7543 return 0;
7544
7545 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7546 return 1;
7547 }
7548
7549 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7550 catchpoints. */
7551
7552 static enum print_stop_action
7553 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7554 {
7555 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7556 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7557 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7558
7559 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7560 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7561 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7562 else
7563 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7564 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7565 {
7566 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7567 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7568 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7569 }
7570 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7571 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7572 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7573 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7574 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7575 }
7576
7577 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7578 catchpoints. */
7579
7580 static void
7581 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7582 {
7583 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7584 struct value_print_options opts;
7585 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7586
7587 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7588 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7589 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7590 readable). */
7591 if (opts.addressprint)
7592 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7593 annotate_field (5);
7594 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7595 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7596 {
7597 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7598 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7599 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7600 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7601 }
7602 }
7603
7604 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7605 catchpoints. */
7606
7607 static void
7608 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7609 {
7610 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7611 }
7612
7613 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7614 catchpoints. */
7615
7616 static void
7617 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7618 {
7619 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7620 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7621 }
7622
7623 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7624
7625 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7626
7627 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7628 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7629 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7630 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7631 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7632
7633 struct solib_catchpoint
7634 {
7635 /* The base class. */
7636 struct breakpoint base;
7637
7638 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7639 unsigned char is_load;
7640
7641 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7642 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7643 char *regex;
7644 regex_t compiled;
7645 };
7646
7647 static void
7648 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7649 {
7650 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7651
7652 if (self->regex)
7653 regfree (&self->compiled);
7654 xfree (self->regex);
7655
7656 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7657 }
7658
7659 static int
7660 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7661 {
7662 return 0;
7663 }
7664
7665 static int
7666 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7667 {
7668 return 0;
7669 }
7670
7671 static int
7672 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7673 struct address_space *aspace,
7674 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7675 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7676 {
7677 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7678 struct breakpoint *other;
7679
7680 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7681 return 1;
7682
7683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7684 {
7685 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7686
7687 if (other == bl->owner)
7688 continue;
7689
7690 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7691 continue;
7692
7693 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7694 continue;
7695
7696 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7697 {
7698 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7699 return 1;
7700 }
7701 }
7702
7703 return 0;
7704 }
7705
7706 static void
7707 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7708 {
7709 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7710 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7711 int ix;
7712
7713 if (self->is_load)
7714 {
7715 struct so_list *iter;
7716
7717 for (ix = 0;
7718 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7719 ix, iter);
7720 ++ix)
7721 {
7722 if (!self->regex
7723 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7724 return;
7725 }
7726 }
7727 else
7728 {
7729 char *iter;
7730
7731 for (ix = 0;
7732 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7733 ix, iter);
7734 ++ix)
7735 {
7736 if (!self->regex
7737 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7738 return;
7739 }
7740 }
7741
7742 bs->stop = 0;
7743 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7744 }
7745
7746 static enum print_stop_action
7747 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7748 {
7749 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7750 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7751
7752 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7753 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7754 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7755 else
7756 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7757 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7758 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7759 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7760 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7761 print_solib_event (1);
7762 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7763 }
7764
7765 static void
7766 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7767 {
7768 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7769 struct value_print_options opts;
7770 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7771 char *msg;
7772
7773 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7774 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7775 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7776 readable). */
7777 if (opts.addressprint)
7778 {
7779 annotate_field (4);
7780 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7781 }
7782
7783 annotate_field (5);
7784 if (self->is_load)
7785 {
7786 if (self->regex)
7787 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7788 else
7789 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7790 }
7791 else
7792 {
7793 if (self->regex)
7794 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7795 else
7796 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7797 }
7798 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7799 xfree (msg);
7800 }
7801
7802 static void
7803 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7804 {
7805 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7806
7807 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7808 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7809 }
7810
7811 static void
7812 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7813 {
7814 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7815
7816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7817 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7818 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7819 if (self->regex)
7820 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7822 }
7823
7824 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7825
7826 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7827 "catch unload". */
7828
7829 static void
7830 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7831 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7832 {
7833 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7834 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7835 int tempflag;
7836 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7837
7838 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7839
7840 if (!arg)
7841 arg = "";
7842 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7843
7844 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7845 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7846
7847 if (*arg != '\0')
7848 {
7849 int errcode;
7850
7851 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7852 if (errcode != 0)
7853 {
7854 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7855
7856 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7857 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7858 }
7859 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7860 }
7861
7862 c->is_load = is_load;
7863 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
7864 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7865
7866 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7867 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7868 }
7869
7870 static void
7871 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7872 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7873 {
7874 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7875 }
7876
7877 static void
7878 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7879 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7880 {
7881 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7882 }
7883
7884 DEF_VEC_I(int);
7885
7886 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7887 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7888 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7889 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7890 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7891
7892 struct syscall_catchpoint
7893 {
7894 /* The base class. */
7895 struct breakpoint base;
7896
7897 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7898 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7899 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7900 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7901 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7902 };
7903
7904 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7905 catchpoints. */
7906
7907 static void
7908 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7909 {
7910 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7911
7912 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7913
7914 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7915 }
7916
7917 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7918
7919 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7920 {
7921 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7922 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7923 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7924
7925 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7926 int any_syscall_count;
7927
7928 /* Count of each system call. */
7929 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7930
7931 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7932 if any catching is necessary. */
7933 int total_syscalls_count;
7934 };
7935
7936 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
7937 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
7938 {
7939 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
7940
7941 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7942 if (inf_data == NULL)
7943 {
7944 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7945 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
7946 }
7947
7948 return inf_data;
7949 }
7950
7951 static void
7952 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
7953 {
7954 xfree (arg);
7955 }
7956
7957
7958 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7959 catchpoints. */
7960
7961 static int
7962 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7963 {
7964 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7965 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7966 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7967 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7968
7969 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7970 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7971 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7972 else
7973 {
7974 int i, iter;
7975
7976 for (i = 0;
7977 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7978 i++)
7979 {
7980 int elem;
7981
7982 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
7983 {
7984 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
7985 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
7986 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
7987 uintptr_t vec_addr;
7988 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
7989 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
7990 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
7991 + vec_addr_offset);
7992 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
7993 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
7994 }
7995 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
7996 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
7997 }
7998 }
7999
8000 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8001 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8002 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8003 VEC_length (int,
8004 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8005 VEC_address (int,
8006 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8007 }
8008
8009 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8010 catchpoints. */
8011
8012 static int
8013 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8014 {
8015 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8016 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8017 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8018 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8019
8020 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8021 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8022 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8023 else
8024 {
8025 int i, iter;
8026
8027 for (i = 0;
8028 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8029 i++)
8030 {
8031 int elem;
8032 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8033 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8034 continue;
8035 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8036 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8037 }
8038 }
8039
8040 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8041 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8042 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8043 VEC_length (int,
8044 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8045 VEC_address (int,
8046 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8047 }
8048
8049 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8050 catchpoints. */
8051
8052 static int
8053 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8054 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8055 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8056 {
8057 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8058 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8059 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8060 int syscall_number = 0;
8061 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8062 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8063
8064 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8065 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8066 return 0;
8067
8068 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8069
8070 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8071 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8072 {
8073 int i, iter;
8074
8075 for (i = 0;
8076 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8077 i++)
8078 if (syscall_number == iter)
8079 break;
8080 /* Not the same. */
8081 if (!iter)
8082 return 0;
8083 }
8084
8085 return 1;
8086 }
8087
8088 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8089 catchpoints. */
8090
8091 static enum print_stop_action
8092 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8093 {
8094 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8095 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8096 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8097 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8098 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8099 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8100 ptid_t ptid;
8101 struct target_waitstatus last;
8102 struct syscall s;
8103
8104 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8105
8106 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8107
8108 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8109
8110 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8111 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8112 else
8113 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8114 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8115 {
8116 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8117 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8118 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8119 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8120 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8121 }
8122 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8123
8124 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8125 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8126 else
8127 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8128
8129 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8130 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8131 if (s.name != NULL)
8132 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8133
8134 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8135
8136 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8137 }
8138
8139 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8140 catchpoints. */
8141
8142 static void
8143 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8144 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8145 {
8146 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8147 struct value_print_options opts;
8148 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8149
8150 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8151 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8152 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8153 readable). */
8154 if (opts.addressprint)
8155 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8156 annotate_field (5);
8157
8158 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8159 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8160 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8161 else
8162 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8163
8164 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8165 {
8166 int i, iter;
8167 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8168
8169 for (i = 0;
8170 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8171 i++)
8172 {
8173 char *x = text;
8174 struct syscall s;
8175 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8176
8177 if (s.name != NULL)
8178 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8179 else
8180 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8181
8182 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8183 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8184 on every call. */
8185 xfree (x);
8186 }
8187 /* Remove the last comma. */
8188 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8189 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8190 }
8191 else
8192 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8193 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8194 }
8195
8196 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8197 catchpoints. */
8198
8199 static void
8200 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8201 {
8202 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8203
8204 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8205 {
8206 int i, iter;
8207
8208 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8209 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8210 else
8211 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8212
8213 for (i = 0;
8214 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8215 i++)
8216 {
8217 struct syscall s;
8218 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8219
8220 if (s.name)
8221 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8222 else
8223 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8224 }
8225 printf_filtered (")");
8226 }
8227 else
8228 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8229 b->number);
8230 }
8231
8232 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8233 catchpoints. */
8234
8235 static void
8236 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8237 {
8238 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8239
8240 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8241
8242 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8243 {
8244 int i, iter;
8245
8246 for (i = 0;
8247 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8248 i++)
8249 {
8250 struct syscall s;
8251
8252 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8253 if (s.name)
8254 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8255 else
8256 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8257 }
8258 }
8259 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8260 }
8261
8262 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8263
8264 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8265
8266 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8267
8268 static int
8269 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8270 {
8271 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8272 }
8273
8274 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8275 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8276 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8277 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8278
8279 static void
8280 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8281 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8282 char *cond_string,
8283 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8284 {
8285 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8286
8287 init_sal (&sal);
8288 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8289
8290 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8291
8292 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8293 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8294 }
8295
8296 void
8297 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8298 {
8299 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8300 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8301 if (!internal)
8302 mention (b);
8303 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8304
8305 if (update_gll)
8306 update_global_location_list (1);
8307 }
8308
8309 static void
8310 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8311 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8312 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8313 {
8314 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8315
8316 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8317
8318 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8319
8320 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8321 }
8322
8323 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8324
8325 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8326 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8327 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8328 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8329 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8330
8331 struct exec_catchpoint
8332 {
8333 /* The base class. */
8334 struct breakpoint base;
8335
8336 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8337 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8338 triggered. */
8339 char *exec_pathname;
8340 };
8341
8342 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8343 catchpoints. */
8344
8345 static void
8346 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8347 {
8348 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8349
8350 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8351
8352 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8353 }
8354
8355 static int
8356 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8357 {
8358 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8359 }
8360
8361 static int
8362 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8363 {
8364 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8365 }
8366
8367 static int
8368 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8369 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8370 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8371 {
8372 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8373
8374 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8375 return 0;
8376
8377 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8378 return 1;
8379 }
8380
8381 static enum print_stop_action
8382 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8383 {
8384 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8385 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8386 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8387
8388 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8389 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8390 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8391 else
8392 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8393 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8394 {
8395 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8396 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8397 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8398 }
8399 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8400 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8401 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8402 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8403
8404 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8405 }
8406
8407 static void
8408 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8409 {
8410 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8411 struct value_print_options opts;
8412 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8413
8414 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8415
8416 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8417 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8418 is relatively readable). */
8419 if (opts.addressprint)
8420 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8421 annotate_field (5);
8422 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8423 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8424 {
8425 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8426 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8427 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8428 }
8429 }
8430
8431 static void
8432 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8433 {
8434 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8435 }
8436
8437 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8438 catchpoints. */
8439
8440 static void
8441 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8442 {
8443 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8444 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8445 }
8446
8447 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8448
8449 static void
8450 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8451 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8452 {
8453 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8454 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8455
8456 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8457 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8458 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8459
8460 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8461 }
8462
8463 static int
8464 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8465 {
8466 int i = 0;
8467 struct breakpoint *b;
8468 struct bp_location *bl;
8469
8470 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8471 {
8472 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8473 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8474 {
8475 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8476 one register. */
8477 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8478 }
8479 }
8480
8481 return i;
8482 }
8483
8484 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8485 watchpoint. */
8486
8487 static int
8488 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8489 {
8490 int i = 0;
8491 struct bp_location *bl;
8492
8493 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8494 return 0;
8495
8496 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8497 {
8498 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8499 one register. */
8500 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8501 }
8502
8503 return i;
8504 }
8505
8506 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8507 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8508 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8509 types _not_ TYPE. */
8510
8511 static int
8512 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8513 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8514 {
8515 int i = 0;
8516 struct breakpoint *b;
8517
8518 *other_type_used = 0;
8519 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8520 {
8521 if (b == except)
8522 continue;
8523 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8524 continue;
8525
8526 if (b->type == type)
8527 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8528 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8529 *other_type_used = 1;
8530 }
8531
8532 return i;
8533 }
8534
8535 void
8536 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8537 {
8538 struct breakpoint *b;
8539
8540 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8541 {
8542 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8543 {
8544 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8545 update_global_location_list (0);
8546 }
8547 }
8548 }
8549
8550 void
8551 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8552 {
8553 struct breakpoint *b;
8554
8555 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8556 {
8557 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8558 {
8559 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8560 update_global_location_list (1);
8561 }
8562 }
8563 }
8564
8565 void
8566 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8567 {
8568 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8569 update_global_location_list (0);
8570 }
8571
8572 void
8573 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8574 {
8575 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8576 breakpoint_re_set ();
8577 }
8578
8579
8580 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8581 at address specified by SAL.
8582 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8583
8584 struct breakpoint *
8585 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8586 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8587 {
8588 struct breakpoint *b;
8589
8590 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
8591 one. */
8592 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
8593
8594 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8595 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8596 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8597 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8598
8599 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8600 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8601 control. */
8602 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8603 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8604
8605 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8606
8607 return b;
8608 }
8609
8610 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8611 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8612 breakpoint_ops. */
8613
8614 static struct breakpoint *
8615 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8616 enum bptype type,
8617 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8618 {
8619 struct breakpoint *copy;
8620
8621 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8622 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8623 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8624
8625 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8626 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8627 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8628 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8629 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8630 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8631
8632 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8633 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8634
8635 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8636 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8637 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8638 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8639
8640 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8641 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8642 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8643
8644 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8645 return copy;
8646 }
8647
8648 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8649 ORIG is NULL. */
8650
8651 struct breakpoint *
8652 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8653 {
8654 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8655 if (orig == NULL)
8656 return NULL;
8657
8658 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8659 }
8660
8661 struct breakpoint *
8662 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8663 enum bptype type)
8664 {
8665 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8666
8667 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8668 sal.pc = pc;
8669 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8670 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8671
8672 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8673 }
8674 \f
8675
8676 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8677
8678 static void
8679 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8680 {
8681 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8682 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8683 return;
8684 printf_filtered ("\n");
8685 }
8686 \f
8687
8688 static struct bp_location *
8689 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8690 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8691 {
8692 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8693 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8694 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8695
8696 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8697 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8698
8699 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8700 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8701 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8702 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8703 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8704 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8705 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8706 sal->pc, b->type);
8707
8708 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8709 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8710 ;
8711 *tmp = loc;
8712
8713 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8714 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8715 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8716 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8717 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8718 loc->section = sal->section;
8719 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8720
8721 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8722 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8723 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8724
8725 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8726 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8727 return loc;
8728 }
8729 \f
8730
8731 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8732 return 0 otherwise. */
8733
8734 static int
8735 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8736 {
8737 int len;
8738 CORE_ADDR addr;
8739 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8740 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8741 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8742 int retval = 0;
8743
8744 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8745
8746 addr = loc->address;
8747 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8748
8749 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8750 if (bpoint == NULL)
8751 return 0;
8752
8753 target_mem = alloca (len);
8754
8755 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8756 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8757 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8758 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8759
8760 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8761 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8762
8763 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8764 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8765 retval = 1;
8766
8767 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8768
8769 return retval;
8770 }
8771
8772 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8773 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8774
8775 static void
8776 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8777 {
8778 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8779 char *printf_line = NULL;
8780
8781 if (!dprintf_args)
8782 return;
8783
8784 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8785
8786 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8787 insist on it. */
8788 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8789 ++dprintf_args;
8790 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8791
8792 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8793 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8794
8795 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8796 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8797 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8798 {
8799 if (!dprintf_function)
8800 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8801
8802 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8803 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8804 dprintf_function,
8805 dprintf_channel,
8806 dprintf_args);
8807 else
8808 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8809 dprintf_function,
8810 dprintf_args);
8811 }
8812 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8813 {
8814 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8815 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8816 else
8817 {
8818 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8819 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8820 }
8821 }
8822 else
8823 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8824 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8825
8826 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8827 if (printf_line)
8828 {
8829 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8830
8831 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8832 {
8833 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8834 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8835 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8836 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8837 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8838 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8839 }
8840
8841 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8842 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8843 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8844 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8845 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8846 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8847
8848 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8849 }
8850 }
8851
8852 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8853 current style settings. */
8854
8855 static void
8856 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8857 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8858 {
8859 struct breakpoint *b;
8860
8861 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8862 {
8863 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8864 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8865 }
8866 }
8867
8868 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8869 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8870 as condition expression. */
8871
8872 static void
8873 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8874 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8875 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8876 char *extra_string,
8877 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8878 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8879 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8880 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8881 int display_canonical)
8882 {
8883 int i;
8884
8885 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8886 {
8887 int target_resources_ok;
8888
8889 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8890 target_resources_ok =
8891 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8892 i + 1, 0);
8893 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8894 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8895 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8896 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8897 }
8898
8899 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8900
8901 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8902 {
8903 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8904 struct bp_location *loc;
8905
8906 if (from_tty)
8907 {
8908 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8909 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8910 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8911
8912 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8913 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8914 }
8915
8916 if (i == 0)
8917 {
8918 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8919 b->thread = thread;
8920 b->task = task;
8921
8922 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8923 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8924 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8925 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8926 b->disposition = disposition;
8927
8928 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8929 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8930
8931 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8932 {
8933 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8934 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8935
8936 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8937 {
8938 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8939 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8940 char *p = &addr_string[3];
8941 char *endp;
8942 char *marker_str;
8943
8944 p = skip_spaces (p);
8945
8946 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8947
8948 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8949 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8950
8951 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8952 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8953 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8954 }
8955 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8956 {
8957 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8958 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8959
8960 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8961 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8962 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8963 }
8964 else
8965 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8966 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8967 }
8968
8969 loc = b->loc;
8970 }
8971 else
8972 {
8973 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8974 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8975 loc->inserted = 1;
8976 }
8977
8978 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8979 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
8980
8981 if (b->cond_string)
8982 {
8983 char *arg = b->cond_string;
8984 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8985 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8986 if (*arg)
8987 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8988 }
8989
8990 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8991 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8992 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8993 {
8994 if (b->extra_string)
8995 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8996 else
8997 error (_("Format string required"));
8998 }
8999 else if (b->extra_string)
9000 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9001 }
9002
9003 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9004 if (addr_string)
9005 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9006 else
9007 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9008 me. */
9009 b->addr_string
9010 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9011 b->filter = filter;
9012 }
9013
9014 static void
9015 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9016 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9017 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9018 char *extra_string,
9019 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9020 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9021 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9022 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9023 int display_canonical)
9024 {
9025 struct breakpoint *b;
9026 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9027
9028 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9029 {
9030 struct tracepoint *t;
9031
9032 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9033 b = &t->base;
9034 }
9035 else
9036 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9037
9038 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9039
9040 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9041 sals, addr_string,
9042 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9043 type, disposition,
9044 thread, task, ignore_count,
9045 ops, from_tty,
9046 enabled, internal, flags,
9047 display_canonical);
9048 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9049
9050 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9051 }
9052
9053 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9054 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9055 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9056 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9057 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9058 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9059 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9060 we take just a single condition string.
9061
9062 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9063 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9064 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9065 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9066 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9067
9068 static void
9069 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9070 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9071 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9072 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9073 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9074 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9075 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9076 {
9077 int i;
9078 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9079
9080 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9081 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9082
9083 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9084 {
9085 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9086 'break', without arguments. */
9087 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9088 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9089 : NULL);
9090 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9091 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9092
9093 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9094 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9095 addr_string,
9096 filter_string,
9097 cond_string, extra_string,
9098 type, disposition,
9099 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9100 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9101 canonical->special_display);
9102 discard_cleanups (inner);
9103 }
9104 }
9105
9106 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9107 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9108 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9109 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9110
9111 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9112 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9113
9114 static void
9115 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9116 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9117 {
9118 char *addr_start = *address;
9119
9120 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9121 breakpoint. */
9122 if ((*address) == NULL
9123 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9124 {
9125 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9126 address. */
9127 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9128 {
9129 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9130 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9131
9132 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9133 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9134 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9135
9136 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9137 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
9138 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9139 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
9140
9141 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9142 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9143 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9144 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9145 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9146 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9147
9148 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9149 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9150 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9151
9152 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9153 }
9154 else
9155 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9156 }
9157 else
9158 {
9159 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9160
9161 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9162 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9163 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9164 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9165
9166 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9167 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9168 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9169 && (!cursal.symtab
9170 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9171 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9172 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9173 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9174 get_last_displayed_line (),
9175 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9176 else
9177 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9178 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9179 }
9180 }
9181
9182
9183 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9184 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9185
9186 static void
9187 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9188 {
9189 int i;
9190
9191 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9192 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9193 }
9194
9195 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9196 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9197 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9198 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9199 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9200 it, etc. */
9201
9202 static void
9203 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9204 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9205 {
9206 int i, rslt;
9207 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9208 char *msg;
9209 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9210
9211 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9212 {
9213 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9214
9215 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9216
9217 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9218 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9219 associated with SAL. */
9220 if (sarch == NULL)
9221 sarch = gdbarch;
9222 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9223 NULL, &msg);
9224 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9225
9226 if (!rslt)
9227 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9228 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9229
9230 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9231 }
9232 }
9233
9234 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9235
9236 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9237 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9238 {
9239 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9240 }
9241
9242 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9243 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9244 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9245 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9246 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9247 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9248
9249 static void
9250 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9251 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9252 char **rest)
9253 {
9254 *cond_string = NULL;
9255 *thread = -1;
9256 *task = 0;
9257 *rest = NULL;
9258
9259 while (tok && *tok)
9260 {
9261 char *end_tok;
9262 int toklen;
9263 char *cond_start = NULL;
9264 char *cond_end = NULL;
9265
9266 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9267
9268 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9269 {
9270 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9271 return;
9272 }
9273
9274 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9275
9276 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9277
9278 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9279 {
9280 struct expression *expr;
9281
9282 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9283 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9284 xfree (expr);
9285 cond_end = tok;
9286 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9287 }
9288 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9289 {
9290 char *tmptok;
9291
9292 tok = end_tok + 1;
9293 tmptok = tok;
9294 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9295 if (tok == tmptok)
9296 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9297 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9298 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9299 }
9300 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9301 {
9302 char *tmptok;
9303
9304 tok = end_tok + 1;
9305 tmptok = tok;
9306 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9307 if (tok == tmptok)
9308 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9309 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9310 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9311 }
9312 else if (rest)
9313 {
9314 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9315 return;
9316 }
9317 else
9318 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9319 }
9320 }
9321
9322 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9323
9324 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9325 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9326 {
9327 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9328 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9329 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9330 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9331 char *endp;
9332 char *marker_str;
9333 int i;
9334
9335 p = skip_spaces (p);
9336
9337 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9338
9339 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9340 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9341
9342 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9343 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9344 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9345
9346 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9347 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9348
9349 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9350 {
9351 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9352
9353 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9354
9355 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9356
9357 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9358 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9359
9360 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9361 }
9362
9363 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9364
9365 *arg_p = endp;
9366 return sals;
9367 }
9368
9369 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9370 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9371 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9372 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9373 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9374 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9375 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9376 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9377 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9378 false otherwise. */
9379
9380 int
9381 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9382 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9383 int thread, char *extra_string,
9384 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9385 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9386 int ignore_count,
9387 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9388 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9389 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9390 unsigned flags)
9391 {
9392 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9393 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9394 char *addr_start = arg;
9395 struct linespec_result canonical;
9396 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9397 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9398 int pending = 0;
9399 int task = 0;
9400 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9401
9402 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9403
9404 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9405
9406 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9407 {
9408 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9409 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9410 }
9411
9412 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9413 switch (e.reason)
9414 {
9415 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9416 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9417 return 0;
9418 break;
9419 case RETURN_ERROR:
9420 switch (e.error)
9421 {
9422 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9423
9424 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9425 error. */
9426
9427 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9428 throw_exception (e);
9429
9430 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9431
9432 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9433 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9434 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9435 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9436 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9437 return 0;
9438
9439 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9440 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9441 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9442 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9443 {
9444 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9445
9446 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9447 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9448 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9449 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9450 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9451 pending = 1;
9452 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9453 }
9454 break;
9455 default:
9456 throw_exception (e);
9457 }
9458 break;
9459 default:
9460 throw_exception (e);
9461 }
9462
9463 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9464 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9465
9466 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9467 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9468 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9469 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9470 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9471
9472 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9473 are ok for the target. */
9474 if (!pending)
9475 {
9476 int ix;
9477 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9478
9479 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9480 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9481 }
9482
9483 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9484 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9485 {
9486 int ix;
9487 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9488
9489 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9490 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9491 }
9492
9493 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9494 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9495 breakpoint. */
9496 if (!pending)
9497 {
9498 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9499
9500 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9501
9502 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9503 {
9504 char *rest;
9505 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9506 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9507 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9508 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9509
9510 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9511 &thread, &task, &rest);
9512 if (cond_string)
9513 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9514 if (rest)
9515 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9516 if (rest)
9517 extra_string = rest;
9518 }
9519 else
9520 {
9521 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9522 if (cond_string)
9523 {
9524 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9525 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9526 }
9527 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9528 if (extra_string)
9529 {
9530 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9531 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9532 }
9533 }
9534
9535 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9536 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9537 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9538 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9539 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9540 }
9541 else
9542 {
9543 struct breakpoint *b;
9544
9545 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9546
9547 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9548 {
9549 struct tracepoint *t;
9550
9551 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9552 b = &t->base;
9553 }
9554 else
9555 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9556
9557 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9558
9559 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9560 b->cond_string = NULL;
9561 b->extra_string = NULL;
9562 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9563 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9564 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9565 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9566 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9567 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9568 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9569
9570 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9571 }
9572
9573 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9574 {
9575 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9576 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9577 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9578 }
9579
9580 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9581 breakpoint. */
9582 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9583 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9584 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9585
9586 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9587 update_global_location_list (1);
9588
9589 return 1;
9590 }
9591
9592 /* Set a breakpoint.
9593 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9594 condition, and thread.
9595 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9596 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9597 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9598
9599 static void
9600 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9601 {
9602 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9603 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9604 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9605 : bp_breakpoint);
9606 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9607 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9608
9609 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9610 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9611 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9612 else
9613 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9614
9615 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9616 arg,
9617 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9618 tempflag, type_wanted,
9619 0 /* Ignore count */,
9620 pending_break_support,
9621 ops,
9622 from_tty,
9623 1 /* enabled */,
9624 0 /* internal */,
9625 0);
9626 }
9627
9628 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9629
9630 void
9631 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9632 {
9633 CORE_ADDR pc;
9634
9635 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9636 {
9637 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9638 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9639 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9640 sal->pc = pc;
9641
9642 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9643 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9644 if (sal->explicit_line)
9645 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9646 }
9647
9648 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9649 {
9650 struct blockvector *bv;
9651 struct block *b;
9652 struct symbol *sym;
9653
9654 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9655 if (bv != NULL)
9656 {
9657 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9658 if (sym != NULL)
9659 {
9660 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9661 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9662 }
9663 else
9664 {
9665 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9666 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9667 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9668 happen in assembly source). */
9669
9670 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9671 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9672
9673 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9674
9675 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9676 if (msym)
9677 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9678
9679 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9680 }
9681 }
9682 }
9683 }
9684
9685 void
9686 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9687 {
9688 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9689 }
9690
9691 void
9692 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9693 {
9694 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9695 }
9696
9697 static void
9698 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9699 {
9700 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9701 }
9702
9703 static void
9704 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9705 {
9706 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9707 }
9708
9709 static void
9710 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9711 {
9712 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9713 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9714 stop at <line>\n"));
9715 }
9716
9717 static void
9718 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9719 {
9720 int badInput = 0;
9721
9722 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9723 badInput = 1;
9724 else if (*arg != '*')
9725 {
9726 char *argptr = arg;
9727 int hasColon = 0;
9728
9729 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9730 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9731 function/method name. */
9732 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9733 {
9734 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9735 argptr++;
9736 }
9737
9738 if (hasColon)
9739 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9740 else
9741 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9742 }
9743
9744 if (badInput)
9745 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9746 else
9747 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9748 }
9749
9750 static void
9751 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9752 {
9753 int badInput = 0;
9754
9755 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9756 badInput = 1;
9757 else
9758 {
9759 char *argptr = arg;
9760 int hasColon = 0;
9761
9762 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9763 it is probably a line number. */
9764 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9765 {
9766 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9767 argptr++;
9768 }
9769
9770 if (hasColon)
9771 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9772 else
9773 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9774 }
9775
9776 if (badInput)
9777 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9778 else
9779 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9780 }
9781
9782 void dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
9783
9784 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9785 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9786 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9787 line. */
9788
9789 void
9790 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9791 {
9792 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9793 arg,
9794 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9795 0, bp_dprintf,
9796 0 /* Ignore count */,
9797 pending_break_support,
9798 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9799 from_tty,
9800 1 /* enabled */,
9801 0 /* internal */,
9802 0);
9803 }
9804
9805 static void
9806 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9807 {
9808 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9809 }
9810
9811 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9812 ranged breakpoints. */
9813
9814 static int
9815 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9816 struct address_space *aspace,
9817 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9818 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9819 {
9820 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9821 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9822 return 0;
9823
9824 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9825 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9826 }
9827
9828 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9829 ranged breakpoints. */
9830
9831 static int
9832 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9833 {
9834 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9835 }
9836
9837 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9838 ranged breakpoints. */
9839
9840 static enum print_stop_action
9841 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9842 {
9843 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9844 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9845 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9846
9847 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9848
9849 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9850 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9851
9852 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9853 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9854 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9855 else
9856 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9857 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9858 {
9859 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9860 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9861 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9862 }
9863 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9864 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9865
9866 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9867 }
9868
9869 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9870 ranged breakpoints. */
9871
9872 static void
9873 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9874 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9875 {
9876 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9877 struct value_print_options opts;
9878 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9879
9880 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9881 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9882
9883 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9884
9885 if (opts.addressprint)
9886 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9887 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9888 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9889 annotate_field (5);
9890 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9891 *last_loc = bl;
9892 }
9893
9894 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9895 ranged breakpoints. */
9896
9897 static void
9898 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9899 struct ui_out *uiout)
9900 {
9901 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9902 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9903 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9904 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9905
9906 gdb_assert (bl);
9907
9908 address_start = bl->address;
9909 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9910
9911 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9912 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9913 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9914 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9915 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9916 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9917
9918 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9919 }
9920
9921 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9922 ranged breakpoints. */
9923
9924 static void
9925 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9926 {
9927 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9928 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9929
9930 gdb_assert (bl);
9931 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9932
9933 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9934 return;
9935
9936 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9937 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9938 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9939 }
9940
9941 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9942 ranged breakpoints. */
9943
9944 static void
9945 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9946 {
9947 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
9948 b->addr_string_range_end);
9949 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9950 }
9951
9952 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9953
9954 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9955
9956 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9957 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9958 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9959 last instruction of the given line. */
9960
9961 static CORE_ADDR
9962 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9963 {
9964 CORE_ADDR end;
9965
9966 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9967 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9968 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9969 end = sal.pc;
9970 else
9971 {
9972 int ret;
9973 CORE_ADDR start;
9974
9975 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9976 if (!ret)
9977 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9978
9979 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9980 end--;
9981 }
9982
9983 return end;
9984 }
9985
9986 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9987
9988 static void
9989 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9990 {
9991 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
9992 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9993 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9994 CORE_ADDR end;
9995 struct breakpoint *b;
9996 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
9997 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
9998 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
9999
10000 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10001 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10002 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10003
10004 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10005 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10006 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10007 bp_count, 0);
10008 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10009 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10010
10011 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10012 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10013 error(_("No address range specified."));
10014
10015 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10016
10017 arg_start = arg;
10018 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10019
10020 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10021
10022 if (arg[0] != ',')
10023 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10024 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10025 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10026
10027 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10028
10029 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10030 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10031 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10032
10033 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10034 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10035 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10036
10037 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10038 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10039
10040 /* Parse the end location. */
10041
10042 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10043 arg_start = arg;
10044
10045 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10046 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10047 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10048 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10049 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10050 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10051 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10052 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10053
10054 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10055
10056 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10057 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10058
10059 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10060 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10061 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10062 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10063
10064 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10065 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10066 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10067
10068 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10069 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10070 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10071
10072 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10073 if (length < 0)
10074 /* Length overflowed. */
10075 error (_("Address range too large."));
10076 else if (length == 1)
10077 {
10078 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10079 the `hbreak' command. */
10080 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10081
10082 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10083
10084 return;
10085 }
10086
10087 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10088 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10089 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10090 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10091 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10092 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10093 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10094 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10095 b->loc->length = length;
10096
10097 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10098
10099 mention (b);
10100 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10101 update_global_location_list (1);
10102 }
10103
10104 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10105 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10106 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10107 zero. */
10108
10109 static int
10110 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10111 {
10112 int i = exp->nelts;
10113
10114 while (i > 0)
10115 {
10116 int oplenp, argsp;
10117
10118 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10119 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10120 i -= oplenp;
10121
10122 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10123 {
10124 case BINOP_ADD:
10125 case BINOP_SUB:
10126 case BINOP_MUL:
10127 case BINOP_DIV:
10128 case BINOP_REM:
10129 case BINOP_MOD:
10130 case BINOP_LSH:
10131 case BINOP_RSH:
10132 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10133 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10134 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10135 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10136 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10137 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10138 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10139 case BINOP_LESS:
10140 case BINOP_GTR:
10141 case BINOP_LEQ:
10142 case BINOP_GEQ:
10143 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10144 case BINOP_COMMA:
10145 case BINOP_EXP:
10146 case BINOP_MIN:
10147 case BINOP_MAX:
10148 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10149 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10150 case BINOP_IN:
10151 case BINOP_RANGE:
10152 case TERNOP_COND:
10153 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10154 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
10155
10156 case OP_LONG:
10157 case OP_DOUBLE:
10158 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10159 case OP_LAST:
10160 case OP_COMPLEX:
10161 case OP_STRING:
10162 case OP_BITSTRING:
10163 case OP_ARRAY:
10164 case OP_TYPE:
10165 case OP_NAME:
10166 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10167
10168 case UNOP_NEG:
10169 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10170 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10171 case UNOP_ADDR:
10172 case UNOP_HIGH:
10173 case UNOP_CAST:
10174
10175 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10176 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10177 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10178 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10179 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10180 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10181 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10182
10183 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10184 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10185 ADDR is. */
10186 break;
10187
10188 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10189 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10190
10191 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10192 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10193 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10194 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10195
10196 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10197 are always constant. */
10198 {
10199 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10200
10201 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10202 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10203 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10204 return 0;
10205 break;
10206 }
10207
10208 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10209 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10210 then it is not a constant. */
10211 default:
10212 return 0;
10213 }
10214 }
10215
10216 return 1;
10217 }
10218
10219 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10220
10221 static void
10222 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10223 {
10224 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10225
10226 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10227 xfree (w->exp);
10228 xfree (w->exp_string);
10229 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10230 value_free (w->val);
10231
10232 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10233 }
10234
10235 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10236
10237 static void
10238 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10239 {
10240 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10241
10242 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10243 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10244
10245 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10246 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10247 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10248 are loaded and unloaded.
10249
10250 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10251 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10252 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10253 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10254 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10255 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10256
10257 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10258 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10259 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10260 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10261
10262 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10263 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10264
10265 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10266 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10267 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10268 }
10269
10270 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10271
10272 static int
10273 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10274 {
10275 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10276 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10277
10278 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10279 w->cond_exp);
10280 }
10281
10282 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10283
10284 static int
10285 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10286 {
10287 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10288 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10289
10290 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10291 w->cond_exp);
10292 }
10293
10294 static int
10295 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10296 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10297 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10298 {
10299 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10300 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10301
10302 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10303 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10304 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10305 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10306 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10307 (did not match the data address). */
10308 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10309 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10310 return 0;
10311
10312 return 1;
10313 }
10314
10315 static void
10316 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10317 {
10318 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10319
10320 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10321 }
10322
10323 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10324 hardware watchpoints. */
10325
10326 static int
10327 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10328 {
10329 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10330 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10331
10332 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10333 }
10334
10335 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10336 hardware watchpoints. */
10337
10338 static int
10339 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10340 {
10341 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10342 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10343 }
10344
10345 static enum print_stop_action
10346 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10347 {
10348 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10349 struct breakpoint *b;
10350 const struct bp_location *bl;
10351 struct ui_file *stb;
10352 enum print_stop_action result;
10353 struct watchpoint *w;
10354 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10355
10356 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10357
10358 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10359 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10360 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10361
10362 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10363 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10364
10365 switch (b->type)
10366 {
10367 case bp_watchpoint:
10368 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10369 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10370 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10371 ui_out_field_string
10372 (uiout, "reason",
10373 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10374 mention (b);
10375 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10376 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10377 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10378 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10379 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10380 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10381 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10382 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10383 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10384 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10385 break;
10386
10387 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10388 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10389 ui_out_field_string
10390 (uiout, "reason",
10391 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10392 mention (b);
10393 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10394 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10395 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10396 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10397 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10398 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10399 break;
10400
10401 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10402 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10403 {
10404 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10405 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10406 ui_out_field_string
10407 (uiout, "reason",
10408 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10409 mention (b);
10410 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10411 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10412 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10413 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10414 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10415 }
10416 else
10417 {
10418 mention (b);
10419 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10420 ui_out_field_string
10421 (uiout, "reason",
10422 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10423 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10424 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10425 }
10426 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10427 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10428 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10429 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10430 break;
10431 default:
10432 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10433 }
10434
10435 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10436 return result;
10437 }
10438
10439 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10440 watchpoints. */
10441
10442 static void
10443 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10444 {
10445 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10446 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10447 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10448
10449 switch (b->type)
10450 {
10451 case bp_watchpoint:
10452 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10453 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10454 break;
10455 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10456 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10457 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10458 break;
10459 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10460 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10461 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10462 break;
10463 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10464 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10465 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10466 break;
10467 default:
10468 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10469 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10470 }
10471
10472 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10473 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10474 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10475 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10476 }
10477
10478 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10479 watchpoints. */
10480
10481 static void
10482 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10483 {
10484 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10485
10486 switch (b->type)
10487 {
10488 case bp_watchpoint:
10489 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10491 break;
10492 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10493 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10494 break;
10495 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10496 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10497 break;
10498 default:
10499 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10500 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10501 }
10502
10503 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10504 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10505 }
10506
10507 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10508
10509 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10510
10511 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10512 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10513
10514 static int
10515 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10516 {
10517 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10518
10519 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10520 bl->watchpoint_type);
10521 }
10522
10523 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10524 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10525
10526 static int
10527 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10528 {
10529 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10530
10531 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10532 bl->watchpoint_type);
10533 }
10534
10535 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10536 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10537
10538 static int
10539 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10540 {
10541 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10542
10543 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10544 }
10545
10546 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10547 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10548
10549 static int
10550 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10551 {
10552 return 0;
10553 }
10554
10555 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10556 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10557
10558 static enum print_stop_action
10559 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10560 {
10561 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10562 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10563
10564 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10565 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10566
10567 switch (b->type)
10568 {
10569 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10570 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10571 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10572 ui_out_field_string
10573 (uiout, "reason",
10574 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10575 break;
10576
10577 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10578 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10579 ui_out_field_string
10580 (uiout, "reason",
10581 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10582 break;
10583
10584 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10585 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10586 ui_out_field_string
10587 (uiout, "reason",
10588 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10589 break;
10590 default:
10591 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10592 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10593 }
10594
10595 mention (b);
10596 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10597 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10598 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10599 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10600
10601 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10602 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10603 }
10604
10605 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10606 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10607
10608 static void
10609 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10610 struct ui_out *uiout)
10611 {
10612 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10613
10614 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10615 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10616
10617 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10618 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10619 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10620 }
10621
10622 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10623 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10624
10625 static void
10626 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10627 {
10628 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10629 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10630 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10631
10632 switch (b->type)
10633 {
10634 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10635 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10636 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10637 break;
10638 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10639 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10640 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10641 break;
10642 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10643 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10644 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10645 break;
10646 default:
10647 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10648 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10649 }
10650
10651 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10652 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10653 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10654 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10655 }
10656
10657 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10658 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10659
10660 static void
10661 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10662 {
10663 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10664 char tmp[40];
10665
10666 switch (b->type)
10667 {
10668 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10669 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10670 break;
10671 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10672 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10673 break;
10674 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10675 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10676 break;
10677 default:
10678 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10679 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10680 }
10681
10682 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10683 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10684 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10685 }
10686
10687 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10688
10689 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10690
10691 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10692
10693 static int
10694 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10695 {
10696 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10697 }
10698
10699 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10700 hw_read: watch read,
10701 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10702 static void
10703 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10704 int just_location, int internal)
10705 {
10706 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10707 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10708 struct expression *exp;
10709 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10710 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10711 struct frame_info *frame;
10712 char *exp_start = NULL;
10713 char *exp_end = NULL;
10714 char *tok, *end_tok;
10715 int toklen = -1;
10716 char *cond_start = NULL;
10717 char *cond_end = NULL;
10718 enum bptype bp_type;
10719 int thread = -1;
10720 int pc = 0;
10721 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10722 the hardware watchpoint. */
10723 int use_mask = 0;
10724 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10725 struct watchpoint *w;
10726
10727 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10728 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10729 {
10730 char *value_start;
10731
10732 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10733 of the arguments string. */
10734 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10735 {
10736 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10737 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10738 tok--;
10739
10740 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10741 This is the value of the parameter. */
10742 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10743 tok--;
10744 value_start = tok + 1;
10745
10746 /* Skip whitespace. */
10747 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10748 tok--;
10749
10750 end_tok = tok;
10751
10752 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10753 This is the parameter itself. */
10754 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10755 tok--;
10756 tok++;
10757 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10758
10759 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10760 {
10761 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10762 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10763 only in a specific thread. */
10764 char *endp;
10765
10766 if (thread != -1)
10767 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10768
10769 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10770 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10771
10772 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10773 thread ID. */
10774 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10775 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10776
10777 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10778 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10779 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10780 }
10781 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10782 {
10783 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10784 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10785 facility. */
10786 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10787
10788 if (use_mask)
10789 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10790
10791 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10792
10793 mark = value_mark ();
10794 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10795 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10796 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10797 }
10798 else
10799 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10800 break;
10801
10802 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10803 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10804 *tok = '\0';
10805 }
10806 }
10807
10808 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10809 innermost_block = NULL;
10810 exp_start = arg;
10811 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10812 exp_end = arg;
10813 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10814 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10815 prettier. */
10816 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10817 --exp_end;
10818
10819 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10820 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10821 {
10822 int len;
10823
10824 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10825 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10826 len--;
10827 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10828 }
10829
10830 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10831 mark = value_mark ();
10832 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10833
10834 if (just_location)
10835 {
10836 int ret;
10837
10838 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10839 val = value_addr (result);
10840 release_value (val);
10841 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10842
10843 if (use_mask)
10844 {
10845 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10846 mask);
10847 if (ret == -1)
10848 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10849 else if (ret == -2)
10850 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10851 }
10852 }
10853 else if (val != NULL)
10854 release_value (val);
10855
10856 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10857 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10858
10859 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10860 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10861 {
10862 struct expression *cond;
10863
10864 innermost_block = NULL;
10865 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10866 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10867
10868 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10869 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10870 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10871
10872 xfree (cond);
10873 cond_end = tok;
10874 }
10875 if (*tok)
10876 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10877
10878 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10879 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10880 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10881 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10882 else
10883 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10884
10885 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10886
10887 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10888 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10889 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10890 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10891 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10892 {
10893 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10894 {
10895 scope_breakpoint
10896 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10897 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10898 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10899 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10900
10901 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10902
10903 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10904 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10905
10906 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10907 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10908
10909 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10910 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10911 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10912 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10913 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10914 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10915 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10916 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10917 scope_breakpoint->type);
10918 }
10919 }
10920
10921 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10922
10923 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10924 b = &w->base;
10925 if (use_mask)
10926 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10927 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10928 else
10929 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10930 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10931 b->thread = thread;
10932 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10933 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10934 w->exp = exp;
10935 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10936 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10937 if (just_location)
10938 {
10939 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10940 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10941 char *name;
10942
10943 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
10944 name = type_to_string (t);
10945
10946 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
10947 core_addr_to_string (addr));
10948 xfree (name);
10949
10950 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10951 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10952
10953 /* The above expression is in C. */
10954 b->language = language_c;
10955 }
10956 else
10957 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10958
10959 if (use_mask)
10960 {
10961 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10962 }
10963 else
10964 {
10965 w->val = val;
10966 w->val_valid = 1;
10967 }
10968
10969 if (cond_start)
10970 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10971 else
10972 b->cond_string = 0;
10973
10974 if (frame)
10975 {
10976 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
10977 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10978 }
10979 else
10980 {
10981 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10982 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10983 }
10984
10985 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10986 {
10987 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10988 need to act on them together. */
10989 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10990 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
10991 }
10992
10993 if (!just_location)
10994 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10995
10996 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10997 {
10998 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10999 that should be inserted. */
11000 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11001 }
11002 if (e.reason < 0)
11003 {
11004 delete_breakpoint (b);
11005 throw_exception (e);
11006 }
11007
11008 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11009 }
11010
11011 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11012 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11013
11014 static int
11015 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11016 {
11017 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11018 struct value *head = v;
11019
11020 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11021 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11022 return 0;
11023
11024 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11025 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11026 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11027 hardware watchpoint.
11028
11029 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11030 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11031 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11032 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11033 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11034 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11035 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11036 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11037 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11038
11039 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11040 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11041 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11042 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11043 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11044 {
11045 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11046 {
11047 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11048 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11049 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11050 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11051 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11052 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11053 ;
11054 else
11055 {
11056 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11057 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11058 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11059
11060 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11061 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11062 middle of some value chain. */
11063 if (v == head
11064 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11065 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11066 {
11067 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11068 int len;
11069 int num_regs;
11070
11071 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11072 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11073 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11074
11075 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11076 if (!num_regs)
11077 return 0;
11078 else
11079 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11080 }
11081 }
11082 }
11083 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11084 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11085 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11086 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11087 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11088 }
11089
11090 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11091 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11092 return found_memory_cnt;
11093 }
11094
11095 void
11096 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11097 {
11098 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11099 }
11100
11101 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11102 calls watch_command_1. */
11103
11104 static void
11105 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11106 {
11107 int just_location = 0;
11108
11109 if (arg
11110 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11111 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11112 {
11113 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11114 just_location = 1;
11115 }
11116
11117 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11118 }
11119
11120 static void
11121 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11122 {
11123 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11124 }
11125
11126 void
11127 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11128 {
11129 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11130 }
11131
11132 static void
11133 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11134 {
11135 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11136 }
11137
11138 void
11139 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11140 {
11141 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11142 }
11143
11144 static void
11145 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11146 {
11147 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11148 }
11149 \f
11150
11151 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11152 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11153
11154 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11155 {
11156 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11157 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11158 int thread_num;
11159 };
11160
11161 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11162 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11163 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11164 command. */
11165 static void
11166 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11167 {
11168 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11169
11170 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11171 if (a->breakpoint2)
11172 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11173 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11174 }
11175
11176 void
11177 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11178 {
11179 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11180 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11181 struct frame_info *frame;
11182 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11183 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11184 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11185 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11186 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11187 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11188 int thread;
11189 struct thread_info *tp;
11190
11191 clear_proceed_status ();
11192
11193 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11194 this function. */
11195
11196 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11197 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11198 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11199 get_last_displayed_line ());
11200 else
11201 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11202 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11203
11204 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11205 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11206
11207 sal = sals.sals[0];
11208 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11209
11210 if (*arg)
11211 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11212
11213 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11214
11215 tp = inferior_thread ();
11216 thread = tp->num;
11217
11218 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11219
11220 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11221 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11222 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11223 that. */
11224
11225 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11226 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11227 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11228 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11229
11230 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11231 one. */
11232
11233 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11234 {
11235 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11236
11237 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11238 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11239 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11240 sal2,
11241 caller_frame_id,
11242 bp_until);
11243 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11244
11245 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11246 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11247 }
11248
11249 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11250 frame = NULL;
11251
11252 if (anywhere)
11253 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11254 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11255 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11256 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11257 else
11258 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11259 only at the very same frame. */
11260 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11261 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11262 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11263
11264 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11265
11266 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11267 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11268 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11269 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11270
11271 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11272 {
11273 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11274 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11275
11276 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11277 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11278 args->thread_num = thread;
11279
11280 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11281 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11282 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11283 xfree);
11284 }
11285 else
11286 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11287 }
11288
11289 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11290 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11291
11292 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11293 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11294 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11295 if clause in the arg string. */
11296
11297 static char *
11298 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11299 {
11300 char *cond_string;
11301
11302 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11303 return NULL;
11304
11305 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11306 (*arg) += 2;
11307
11308 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11309 condition string. */
11310 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11311 cond_string = *arg;
11312
11313 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11314 string. */
11315 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11316
11317 return cond_string;
11318 }
11319
11320 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11321 process start/exit, etc. */
11322
11323 typedef enum
11324 {
11325 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11326 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11327 }
11328 catch_fork_kind;
11329
11330 static void
11331 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11332 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11333 {
11334 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11335 char *cond_string = NULL;
11336 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11337 int tempflag;
11338
11339 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11340 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11341 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11342
11343 if (!arg)
11344 arg = "";
11345 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11346
11347 /* The allowed syntax is:
11348 catch [v]fork
11349 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11350
11351 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11352 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11353
11354 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11355 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11356
11357 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11358 and enable reporting of such events. */
11359 switch (fork_kind)
11360 {
11361 case catch_fork_temporary:
11362 case catch_fork_permanent:
11363 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11364 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11365 break;
11366 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11367 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11368 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11369 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11370 break;
11371 default:
11372 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11373 break;
11374 }
11375 }
11376
11377 static void
11378 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11379 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11380 {
11381 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11382 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11383 int tempflag;
11384 char *cond_string = NULL;
11385
11386 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11387
11388 if (!arg)
11389 arg = "";
11390 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11391
11392 /* The allowed syntax is:
11393 catch exec
11394 catch exec if <cond>
11395
11396 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11397 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11398
11399 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11400 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11401
11402 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11403 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11404 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11405 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11406
11407 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11408 }
11409
11410 static enum print_stop_action
11411 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11412 {
11413 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11414 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11415 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11416
11417 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11418
11419 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11420 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11421 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11422 b->loc->address,
11423 b->number, 1);
11424 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11425 ui_out_text (uiout,
11426 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11427 : "Catchpoint ");
11428 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11429 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11430 ui_out_text (uiout,
11431 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11432 : " (exception caught), ");
11433 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11434 {
11435 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11436 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11437 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11438 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11439 }
11440 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11441 }
11442
11443 static void
11444 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11445 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11446 {
11447 struct value_print_options opts;
11448 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11449
11450 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11451 if (opts.addressprint)
11452 {
11453 annotate_field (4);
11454 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11455 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11456 else
11457 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11458 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11459 }
11460 annotate_field (5);
11461 if (b->loc)
11462 *last_loc = b->loc;
11463 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11464 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11465 else
11466 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11467 }
11468
11469 static void
11470 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11471 {
11472 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11473 int bp_temp;
11474 int bp_throw;
11475
11476 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11477 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11478 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11479 : _("Catchpoint "));
11480 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11481 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11482 : _(" (catch)"));
11483 }
11484
11485 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11486 catch catchpoints. */
11487
11488 static void
11489 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11490 struct ui_file *fp)
11491 {
11492 int bp_temp;
11493 int bp_throw;
11494
11495 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11496 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11498 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11499 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11500 }
11501
11502 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11503
11504 static int
11505 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11506 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11507 {
11508 char *trigger_func_name;
11509
11510 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11511 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11512 else
11513 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11514
11515 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11516 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11517 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11518 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11519 0,
11520 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11521 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11522 1 /* enabled */,
11523 0 /* internal */,
11524 0);
11525
11526 return 1;
11527 }
11528
11529 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11530
11531 static void
11532 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11533 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11534 {
11535 char *cond_string = NULL;
11536
11537 if (!arg)
11538 arg = "";
11539 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11540
11541 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11542
11543 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11544 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11545
11546 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11547 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11548 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11549
11550 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11551 return;
11552
11553 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11554 }
11555
11556 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11557
11558 static void
11559 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11560 {
11561 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11562
11563 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11564 }
11565
11566 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11567
11568 static void
11569 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11570 {
11571 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11572
11573 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11574 }
11575
11576 void
11577 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11578 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11579 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11580 char *addr_string,
11581 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11582 int tempflag,
11583 int from_tty)
11584 {
11585 if (from_tty)
11586 {
11587 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11588 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11589 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11590
11591 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11592 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11593 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11594 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11595 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11596 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11597 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11598 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11599 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11600 enough for now, though. */
11601 }
11602
11603 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11604
11605 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11606 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11607 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11608 b->language = language_ada;
11609 }
11610
11611 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11612 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11613 static VEC(int) *
11614 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11615 {
11616 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11617 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11618
11619 while (*arg != '\0')
11620 {
11621 int i, syscall_number;
11622 char *endptr;
11623 char cur_name[128];
11624 struct syscall s;
11625
11626 /* Skip whitespace. */
11627 while (isspace (*arg))
11628 arg++;
11629
11630 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11631 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11632 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11633 arg += i;
11634
11635 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11636 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11637 if (*endptr == '\0')
11638 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11639 else
11640 {
11641 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11642 to a number. */
11643 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11644
11645 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11646 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11647 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11648 syscall number to be caught. */
11649 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11650 }
11651
11652 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11653 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11654 }
11655
11656 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11657 return result;
11658 }
11659
11660 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11661
11662 static void
11663 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11664 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11665 {
11666 int tempflag;
11667 VEC(int) *filter;
11668 struct syscall s;
11669 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11670
11671 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11672 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11673 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11674 this architecture yet."));
11675
11676 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11677
11678 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11679
11680 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11681 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11682 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11683 for his/her architecture. */
11684 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11685
11686 /* The allowed syntax is:
11687 catch syscall
11688 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11689
11690 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11691
11692 if (arg != NULL)
11693 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11694 else
11695 filter = NULL;
11696
11697 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11698 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11699 }
11700
11701 static void
11702 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11703 {
11704 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11705 }
11706 \f
11707
11708 static void
11709 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11710 {
11711 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11712 }
11713
11714 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11715
11716 static int
11717 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11718 {
11719 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11720 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11721 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11722 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11723
11724 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11725 return -1;
11726 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11727 return 1;
11728
11729 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11730 the number 0. */
11731 if (ua < ub)
11732 return -1;
11733 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
11734 }
11735
11736 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11737
11738 static void
11739 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11740 {
11741 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11742 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11743 int ix;
11744 int default_match;
11745 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11746 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11747 int i;
11748 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11749
11750 if (arg)
11751 {
11752 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11753 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11754 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11755 default_match = 0;
11756 }
11757 else
11758 {
11759 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11760 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11761 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11762 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11763
11764 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11765 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11766 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11767 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11768 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11769 error (_("No source file specified."));
11770
11771 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11772 sals.nelts = 1;
11773
11774 default_match = 1;
11775 }
11776
11777 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11778 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11779 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11780 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11781
11782 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11783 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11784 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11785 due to optimization, all in one block.
11786
11787 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11788 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11789 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11790 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11791 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11792 to support that. */
11793
11794 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11795 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11796 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11797 breakpoint. */
11798
11799 found = NULL;
11800 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11801 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11802 {
11803 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11804
11805 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11806 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11807 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11808 or at default pc.
11809
11810 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11811
11812 0 1 pc
11813 1 1 pc _and_ line
11814 0 0 line
11815 1 0 <can't happen> */
11816
11817 sal = sals.sals[i];
11818 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11819 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11820
11821 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11823 {
11824 int match = 0;
11825 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11826 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11827 {
11828 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11829 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11830 {
11831 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11832 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11833 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11834 && sal.pc
11835 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11836 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11837 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11838 || loc->section == sal.section));
11839 int line_match = 0;
11840
11841 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11842 && loc->source_file != NULL
11843 && sal.symtab != NULL
11844 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11845 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11846 {
11847 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11848 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11849 line_match = 1;
11850 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11851 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11852 sal.symtab->filename,
11853 sal_name_len))
11854 line_match = 1;
11855 }
11856
11857 if (pc_match || line_match)
11858 {
11859 match = 1;
11860 break;
11861 }
11862 }
11863 }
11864
11865 if (match)
11866 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11867 }
11868 }
11869
11870 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11871 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11872 {
11873 if (arg)
11874 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11875 else
11876 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11877 }
11878
11879 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11880 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11881 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11882 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11883 compare_breakpoints);
11884 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11885 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11886 {
11887 if (b == prev)
11888 {
11889 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11890 --ix;
11891 }
11892 }
11893
11894 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11895 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11896 if (from_tty)
11897 {
11898 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11899 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11900 else
11901 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11902 }
11903 breakpoints_changed ();
11904
11905 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11906 {
11907 if (from_tty)
11908 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11909 delete_breakpoint (b);
11910 }
11911 if (from_tty)
11912 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11913
11914 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11915 }
11916 \f
11917 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11918 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11919 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11920
11921 void
11922 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11923 {
11924 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11925
11926 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11927 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11928 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11929 && bs->stop)
11930 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11931
11932 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11933 {
11934 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11935 delete_breakpoint (b);
11936 }
11937 }
11938
11939 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11940 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11941 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11942 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11943 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11944 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11945
11946 static int
11947 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11948 {
11949 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11950 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11951 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11952 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11953 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11954
11955 if (a->address != b->address)
11956 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11957
11958 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11959 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11960 grouped. */
11961
11962 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11963 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11964 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11965
11966 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11967 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11968 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11969
11970 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11971 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11972 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11973
11974 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11975 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11976 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11977
11978 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11979 }
11980
11981 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11982 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11983 content of the bp_location array. */
11984
11985 static void
11986 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11987 {
11988 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11989
11990 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11991 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11992
11993 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11994 {
11995 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11996
11997 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11998 continue;
11999
12000 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12001 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12002
12003 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12004 addr = bl->address - start;
12005 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12006 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12007
12008 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12009
12010 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12011 addr = end - bl->address;
12012 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12013 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12014 }
12015 }
12016
12017 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12018
12019 static void
12020 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12021 {
12022 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12023 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12024
12025 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12026 return;
12027
12028 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12029
12030 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12031 {
12032 struct tracepoint *t;
12033
12034 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
12035 continue;
12036
12037 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12038 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12039 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12040 continue;
12041
12042 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12043 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12044 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12045 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12046 continue;
12047
12048 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12049
12050 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12051
12052 bl->inserted = 1;
12053 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
12054 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
12055 }
12056
12057 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12058 }
12059
12060 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12061
12062 static void
12063 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12064 {
12065 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12066 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12067 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12068 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12069
12070 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12071 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12072 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12073 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12074 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12075
12076 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12077 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12078 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12079 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12080 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12081 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12082 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12083 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12084 }
12085
12086 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12087 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12088 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12089 the target. */
12090
12091 static void
12092 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12093 {
12094 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12095 struct bp_location *loc;
12096 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12097 int pspace_num;
12098
12099 address = bl->address;
12100 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12101
12102 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12103 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12104 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12105 side. */
12106 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12107 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12108 return;
12109
12110 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12111 the same program space as the location
12112 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12113 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12114 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12115 {
12116 loc = *loc2p;
12117
12118 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12119 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12120 continue;
12121
12122 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12123 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12124 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12125 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12126 that have already been marked. */
12127 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12128
12129 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12130 it later on. */
12131 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12132 {
12133 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12134 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12135 }
12136 }
12137 }
12138
12139 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12140 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12141 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12142 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12143 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12144 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12145 returns true on them.
12146
12147 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12148 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12149 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12150 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12151 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12152 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12153
12154 static void
12155 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12156 {
12157 struct breakpoint *b;
12158 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12159 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12160 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12161 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12162 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12163 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12164
12165 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12166 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12167 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12168 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12169 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12170 once. */
12171 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12172 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12173 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12174 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12175
12176 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12177 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12178 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12179 unsigned old_location_count;
12180
12181 old_location = bp_location;
12182 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12183 bp_location = NULL;
12184 bp_location_count = 0;
12185 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12186
12187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12188 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12189 bp_location_count++;
12190
12191 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12192 locp = bp_location;
12193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12194 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12195 *locp++ = loc;
12196 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12197 bp_location_compare);
12198
12199 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12200
12201 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12202 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12203 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12204 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12205 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12206 location.
12207
12208 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12209 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12210
12211 locp = bp_location;
12212 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12213 old_locp++)
12214 {
12215 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12216 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12217
12218 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12219 not, we have to free it. */
12220 int found_object = 0;
12221 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12222 int keep_in_target = 0;
12223 int removed = 0;
12224
12225 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12226 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12227 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12228 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12229 locp++;
12230
12231 for (loc2p = locp;
12232 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12233 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12234 loc2p++)
12235 {
12236 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12237 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12238 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12239 place there. */
12240 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12241 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12242 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12243 {
12244 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12245 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12246 }
12247
12248 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12249 found_object = 1;
12250 }
12251
12252 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12253 have to go through updates again. */
12254 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12255
12256 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12257 if (!found_object)
12258 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12259
12260 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12261 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12262 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12263 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12264 at certain location is not inserted. */
12265
12266 if (old_loc->inserted)
12267 {
12268 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12269 it. */
12270
12271 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12272 {
12273 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12274 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12275 keep_in_target = 1;
12276 }
12277 else
12278 {
12279 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12280 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12281 remove its target-side condition. */
12282
12283 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12284 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12285 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12286 this one from the target. */
12287
12288 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12289 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12290 {
12291 for (loc2p = locp;
12292 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12293 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12294 loc2p++)
12295 {
12296 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12297
12298 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12299 {
12300 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12301 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12302 supported, but the latter are. */
12303 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12304 {
12305 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12306 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12307 }
12308
12309 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12310 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12311 unduplicated. */
12312 if (loc2 != old_loc
12313 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12314 {
12315 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12316 keep_in_target = 1;
12317 break;
12318 }
12319 }
12320 }
12321 }
12322 }
12323
12324 if (!keep_in_target)
12325 {
12326 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12327 {
12328 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12329 this location on the global list, and try to
12330 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12331 reason why we will succeed next time.
12332
12333 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12334 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12335 only after calling us. */
12336 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12337 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12338 old_loc->owner->number);
12339 }
12340 removed = 1;
12341 }
12342 }
12343
12344 if (!found_object)
12345 {
12346 if (removed && non_stop
12347 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12348 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12349 {
12350 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12351 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12352 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12353 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12354 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12355 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12356 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12357 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12358 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12359 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12360 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12361 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12362 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12363 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12364 SIGTRAP.
12365
12366 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12367 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12368
12369 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12370 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12371 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12372 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12373 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12374 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12375 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12376 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12377 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12378 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12379 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12380 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12381 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12382 thread_count.
12383
12384 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12385 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12386 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12387 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12388
12389 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12390 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12391 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12392 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12393 traps we can no longer explain. */
12394
12395 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12396 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12397
12398 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12399 }
12400 else
12401 {
12402 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12403 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12404 }
12405 }
12406 }
12407
12408 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12409 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12410 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12411 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12412 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12413 are sorted first for the same address.
12414
12415 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12416 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12417
12418 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12419 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12420 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12421 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12422 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12423 {
12424 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12425 non-NULL. */
12426 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12427 b = loc->owner;
12428
12429 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
12430 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12431 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12432 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12433 `struct bp_location'. */
12434 || is_tracepoint (b))
12435 {
12436 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12437 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12438 continue;
12439 }
12440
12441 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12442 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12443 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12444 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12445 "actually inserted"));
12446
12447 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12448 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12449 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12450 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12451 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12452 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12453 else
12454 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12455
12456 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12457 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12458 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12459 {
12460 *loc_first_p = loc;
12461 loc->duplicate = 0;
12462
12463 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12464 {
12465 loc->needs_update = 1;
12466 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12467 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12468 }
12469 continue;
12470 }
12471
12472
12473 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12474 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12475 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12476 if (loc->inserted)
12477 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12478 loc->duplicate = 1;
12479
12480 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12481 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12482
12483 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12484 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12485 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12486 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12487 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12488 }
12489
12490 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12491 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12492 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
12493 {
12494 if (should_insert)
12495 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12496 else
12497 {
12498 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12499 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12500 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12501 "needs_update". */
12502 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12503 }
12504 }
12505
12506 if (should_insert)
12507 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12508
12509 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12510 }
12511
12512 void
12513 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12514 {
12515 struct bp_location *loc;
12516 int ix;
12517
12518 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12519 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12520 {
12521 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12522 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12523 --ix;
12524 }
12525 }
12526
12527 static void
12528 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12529 {
12530 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12531
12532 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12533 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12534 }
12535
12536 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12537
12538 static void
12539 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12540 {
12541 bpstat bs;
12542
12543 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12544 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12545 {
12546 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12547 bs->old_val = NULL;
12548 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12549 }
12550 }
12551
12552 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12553 static int
12554 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12555 {
12556 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12557
12558 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12559 return 0;
12560 }
12561
12562 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12563 callbacks. */
12564
12565 static void
12566 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12567 {
12568 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12569 struct value_print_options opts;
12570
12571 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12572
12573 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12574 single string. */
12575 if (b->loc == NULL)
12576 {
12577 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12578 }
12579 else
12580 {
12581 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12582 {
12583 printf_filtered (" at ");
12584 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12585 gdb_stdout);
12586 }
12587 if (b->loc->source_file)
12588 {
12589 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12590 more nicely. */
12591 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12592 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12593 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12594 else
12595 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12596 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12597 real situation somewhat. */
12598 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12599 }
12600
12601 if (b->loc->next)
12602 {
12603 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12604 int n = 0;
12605 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12606 ++n;
12607 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12608 }
12609 }
12610 }
12611
12612 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12613
12614 static void
12615 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12616 {
12617 xfree (self->cond);
12618 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12619 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12620 xfree (self->function_name);
12621 xfree (self->source_file);
12622 }
12623
12624 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12625 {
12626 bp_location_dtor
12627 };
12628
12629 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12630 inherit from. */
12631
12632 static void
12633 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12634 {
12635 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12636 xfree (self->cond_string);
12637 xfree (self->addr_string);
12638 xfree (self->filter);
12639 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12640 }
12641
12642 static struct bp_location *
12643 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12644 {
12645 struct bp_location *loc;
12646
12647 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12648 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12649 return loc;
12650 }
12651
12652 static void
12653 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12654 {
12655 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12656 }
12657
12658 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12659 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12660
12661 static int
12662 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12663 {
12664 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12665 }
12666
12667 static int
12668 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12669 {
12670 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12671 }
12672
12673 static int
12674 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12675 struct address_space *aspace,
12676 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12677 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12678 {
12679 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12680 }
12681
12682 static void
12683 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12684 {
12685 /* Always stop. */
12686 }
12687
12688 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12689 errors. */
12690
12691 static int
12692 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12693 {
12694 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12695 }
12696
12697 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12698 errors. */
12699
12700 static int
12701 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12702 {
12703 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12704 }
12705
12706 static enum print_stop_action
12707 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12708 {
12709 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12710 }
12711
12712 static void
12713 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12714 struct ui_out *uiout)
12715 {
12716 /* nothing */
12717 }
12718
12719 static void
12720 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12721 {
12722 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12723 }
12724
12725 static void
12726 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12727 {
12728 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12729 }
12730
12731 static void
12732 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12733 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12734 enum bptype type_wanted,
12735 char *addr_start,
12736 char **copy_arg)
12737 {
12738 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12739 }
12740
12741 static void
12742 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12743 struct linespec_result *c,
12744 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12745 char *cond_string,
12746 char *extra_string,
12747 enum bptype type_wanted,
12748 enum bpdisp disposition,
12749 int thread,
12750 int task, int ignore_count,
12751 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12752 int from_tty, int enabled,
12753 int internal, unsigned flags)
12754 {
12755 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12756 }
12757
12758 static void
12759 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12760 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12761 {
12762 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12763 }
12764
12765 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12766 {
12767 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12768 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12769 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12770 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12771 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12772 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12773 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12774 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12775 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12776 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12777 NULL,
12778 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12779 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12780 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12781 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12782 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12783 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12784 };
12785
12786 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12787
12788 static void
12789 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12790 {
12791 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12792 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12793 {
12794 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12795 delete_breakpoint (b);
12796 return;
12797 }
12798
12799 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12800 }
12801
12802 static int
12803 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12804 {
12805 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12806 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12807 &bl->target_info);
12808 else
12809 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12810 &bl->target_info);
12811 }
12812
12813 static int
12814 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12815 {
12816 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12817 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12818 else
12819 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12820 }
12821
12822 static int
12823 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12824 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12825 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12826 {
12827 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12828
12829 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12830 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12831 return 0;
12832
12833 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12834 aspace, bp_addr))
12835 return 0;
12836
12837 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12838 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12839 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12840 return 0;
12841
12842 return 1;
12843 }
12844
12845 static int
12846 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12847 {
12848 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12849
12850 return 1;
12851 }
12852
12853 static enum print_stop_action
12854 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12855 {
12856 struct breakpoint *b;
12857 const struct bp_location *bl;
12858 int bp_temp;
12859 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12860
12861 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12862
12863 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12864 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12865
12866 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12867 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12868 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12869 bl->address,
12870 b->number, 1);
12871 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12872 if (bp_temp)
12873 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12874 else
12875 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12876 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12877 {
12878 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12879 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12880 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12881 }
12882 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12883 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12884
12885 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12886 }
12887
12888 static void
12889 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12890 {
12891 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12892 return;
12893
12894 switch (b->type)
12895 {
12896 case bp_breakpoint:
12897 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12898 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12899 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12900 else
12901 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12902 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12903 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12904 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12905 break;
12906 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12907 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12908 break;
12909 case bp_dprintf:
12910 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12911 break;
12912 }
12913
12914 say_where (b);
12915 }
12916
12917 static void
12918 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12919 {
12920 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12922 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12924 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12925 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12926 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12927 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12928 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12929 else
12930 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12931 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12932
12933 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12934 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12935 }
12936
12937 static void
12938 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12939 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12940 enum bptype type_wanted,
12941 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12942 {
12943 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12944 addr_start, copy_arg);
12945 }
12946
12947 static void
12948 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12949 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12950 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12951 char *cond_string,
12952 char *extra_string,
12953 enum bptype type_wanted,
12954 enum bpdisp disposition,
12955 int thread,
12956 int task, int ignore_count,
12957 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12958 int from_tty, int enabled,
12959 int internal, unsigned flags)
12960 {
12961 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12962 cond_string, extra_string,
12963 type_wanted,
12964 disposition, thread, task,
12965 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12966 enabled, internal, flags);
12967 }
12968
12969 static void
12970 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12971 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12972 {
12973 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12974 }
12975
12976 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12977
12978 static void
12979 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12980 {
12981 switch (b->type)
12982 {
12983 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12984 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12985 case bp_overlay_event:
12986 case bp_longjmp_master:
12987 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12988 case bp_exception_master:
12989 delete_breakpoint (b);
12990 break;
12991
12992 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12993 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12994 case bp_shlib_event:
12995
12996 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12997 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12998 case bp_thread_event:
12999 break;
13000 }
13001 }
13002
13003 static void
13004 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13005 {
13006 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13007 {
13008 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13009 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13010 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13011 objects (among other things). */
13012 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13013 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13014 }
13015 else
13016 bs->stop = 0;
13017 }
13018
13019 static enum print_stop_action
13020 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13021 {
13022 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13023 struct breakpoint *b;
13024
13025 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13026
13027 switch (b->type)
13028 {
13029 case bp_shlib_event:
13030 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13031 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13032 to shlib event" message.) */
13033 print_solib_event (0);
13034 break;
13035
13036 case bp_thread_event:
13037 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13038 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13039 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13040 break;
13041
13042 case bp_overlay_event:
13043 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13044 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13045 break;
13046
13047 case bp_longjmp_master:
13048 /* These should never be enabled. */
13049 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13050 break;
13051
13052 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13053 /* These should never be enabled. */
13054 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13055 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13056 break;
13057
13058 case bp_exception_master:
13059 /* These should never be enabled. */
13060 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13061 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13062 break;
13063 }
13064
13065 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13066 }
13067
13068 static void
13069 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13070 {
13071 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13072 }
13073
13074 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13075
13076 static void
13077 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13078 {
13079 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13080 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13081 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13082 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13083 }
13084
13085 static void
13086 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13087 {
13088 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13089 }
13090
13091 static enum print_stop_action
13092 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13093 {
13094 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13095
13096 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13097 {
13098 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13099
13100 switch (b->type)
13101 {
13102 case bp_finish:
13103 ui_out_field_string
13104 (uiout, "reason",
13105 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13106 break;
13107
13108 case bp_until:
13109 ui_out_field_string
13110 (uiout, "reason",
13111 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13112 break;
13113 }
13114 }
13115
13116 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13117 }
13118
13119 static void
13120 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13121 {
13122 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13123 }
13124
13125 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13126
13127 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13128 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13129
13130 static void
13131 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13132 {
13133 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13134
13135 if (tp)
13136 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13137
13138 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13139 }
13140
13141 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13142
13143 static int
13144 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13145 {
13146 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13147
13148 if (v == 0)
13149 {
13150 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13151 if needed. */
13152 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13153 }
13154
13155 return v;
13156 }
13157
13158 static int
13159 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13160 {
13161 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13162 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13163
13164 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13165 }
13166
13167 static void
13168 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13169 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13170 enum bptype type_wanted,
13171 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13172 {
13173 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13174
13175 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13176
13177 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13178 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13179
13180 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13181 }
13182
13183 static void
13184 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13185 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13186 {
13187 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13188 if (!sals->sals)
13189 error (_("probe not found"));
13190 }
13191
13192 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13193
13194 static void
13195 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13196 {
13197 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13198 }
13199
13200 static int
13201 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13202 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13203 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13204 {
13205 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13206 tracepoints. */
13207 return 0;
13208 }
13209
13210 static void
13211 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13212 struct ui_out *uiout)
13213 {
13214 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13215 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13216 {
13217 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13218
13219 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13220 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13221 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13222 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13223 }
13224 }
13225
13226 static void
13227 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13228 {
13229 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13230 return;
13231
13232 switch (b->type)
13233 {
13234 case bp_tracepoint:
13235 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13236 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13237 break;
13238 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13239 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13240 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13241 break;
13242 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13243 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13244 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13245 break;
13246 default:
13247 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13248 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13249 }
13250
13251 say_where (b);
13252 }
13253
13254 static void
13255 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13256 {
13257 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13258
13259 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13260 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13261 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13263 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13264 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13265 else
13266 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13267 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13268
13269 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13270 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13271
13272 if (tp->pass_count)
13273 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13274 }
13275
13276 static void
13277 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13278 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13279 enum bptype type_wanted,
13280 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13281 {
13282 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13283 addr_start, copy_arg);
13284 }
13285
13286 static void
13287 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13288 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13289 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13290 char *cond_string,
13291 char *extra_string,
13292 enum bptype type_wanted,
13293 enum bpdisp disposition,
13294 int thread,
13295 int task, int ignore_count,
13296 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13297 int from_tty, int enabled,
13298 int internal, unsigned flags)
13299 {
13300 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13301 cond_string, extra_string,
13302 type_wanted,
13303 disposition, thread, task,
13304 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13305 enabled, internal, flags);
13306 }
13307
13308 static void
13309 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13310 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13311 {
13312 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13313 }
13314
13315 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13316
13317 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13318 static probe. */
13319
13320 static void
13321 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13322 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13323 enum bptype type_wanted,
13324 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13325 {
13326 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13327 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13328 addr_start, copy_arg);
13329 }
13330
13331 static void
13332 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13333 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13334 {
13335 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13336 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13337 }
13338
13339 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13340
13341 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13342 markers (`-m'). */
13343
13344 static void
13345 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13346 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13347 enum bptype type_wanted,
13348 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13349 {
13350 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13351
13352 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13353
13354 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13355
13356 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13357 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13358 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13359 }
13360
13361 static void
13362 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13363 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13364 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13365 char *cond_string,
13366 char *extra_string,
13367 enum bptype type_wanted,
13368 enum bpdisp disposition,
13369 int thread,
13370 int task, int ignore_count,
13371 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13372 int from_tty, int enabled,
13373 int internal, unsigned flags)
13374 {
13375 int i;
13376
13377 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13378 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13379 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13380 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13381 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13382 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13383
13384 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13385 {
13386 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13387 struct tracepoint *tp;
13388 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13389 char *addr_string;
13390
13391 expanded.nelts = 1;
13392 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13393
13394 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13395 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13396
13397 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13398 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13399 addr_string, NULL,
13400 cond_string, extra_string,
13401 type_wanted, disposition,
13402 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13403 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13404 canonical->special_display);
13405 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13406 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13407 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13408 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13409 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13410 corresponds to this one */
13411 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13412
13413 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13414
13415 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13416 }
13417 }
13418
13419 static void
13420 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13421 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13422 {
13423 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13424
13425 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13426 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13427 {
13428 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13429 sals->nelts = 1;
13430 }
13431 else
13432 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13433 }
13434
13435 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13436
13437 static int
13438 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13439 {
13440 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13441 }
13442
13443 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13444 structures. */
13445
13446 void
13447 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13448 {
13449 struct breakpoint *b;
13450
13451 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13452
13453 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13454 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13455 especial culprits.
13456
13457 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13458 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13459 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13460 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13461 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13462 deleted.
13463
13464 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13465 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13466 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13467 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13468 was chosen. */
13469 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13470 return;
13471
13472 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13473 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13474 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13475 {
13476 struct breakpoint *related;
13477 struct watchpoint *w;
13478
13479 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13480 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13481 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13482 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13483 else
13484 w = NULL;
13485 if (w != NULL)
13486 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13487
13488 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13489 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13490 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13491 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13492 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13493 }
13494
13495 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13496 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13497 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13498 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13499 if (bpt->number)
13500 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13501
13502 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13503 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13504
13505 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13506 if (b->next == bpt)
13507 {
13508 b->next = bpt->next;
13509 break;
13510 }
13511
13512 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13513 been freed. */
13514 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13515 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13516 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13517 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13518 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13519 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13520 commands won't work. */
13521
13522 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13523
13524 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13525 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13526 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13527 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13528 might be better design to have location completely
13529 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13530 update_global_location_list (0);
13531
13532 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13533 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13534 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13535 bpt->type = bp_none;
13536 xfree (bpt);
13537 }
13538
13539 static void
13540 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13541 {
13542 delete_breakpoint (b);
13543 }
13544
13545 struct cleanup *
13546 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13547 {
13548 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13549 }
13550
13551 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13552 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13553
13554 static void
13555 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13556 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13557 void *),
13558 void *data)
13559 {
13560 struct breakpoint *related;
13561
13562 related = b;
13563 do
13564 {
13565 struct breakpoint *next;
13566
13567 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13568 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13569
13570 if (next == related)
13571 {
13572 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13573 function (related, data);
13574
13575 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13576 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13577 out. */
13578 break;
13579 }
13580 else
13581 function (related, data);
13582
13583 related = next;
13584 }
13585 while (related != b);
13586 }
13587
13588 static void
13589 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13590 {
13591 delete_breakpoint (b);
13592 }
13593
13594 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13595 delete_breakpoint. */
13596
13597 static void
13598 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13599 {
13600 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13601 }
13602
13603 void
13604 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13605 {
13606 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13607
13608 dont_repeat ();
13609
13610 if (arg == 0)
13611 {
13612 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13613
13614 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13615 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13616 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13618 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13619 {
13620 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13621 break;
13622 }
13623
13624 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13625 if (!from_tty
13626 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13627 {
13628 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13629 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13630 delete_breakpoint (b);
13631 }
13632 }
13633 else
13634 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13635 }
13636
13637 static int
13638 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13639 {
13640 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13641 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13642 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13643 return 0;
13644 return 1;
13645 }
13646
13647 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13648 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13649 Null names are ignored. */
13650
13651 static int
13652 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13653 {
13654 struct bp_location *l;
13655 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13656 (int (*) (const void *,
13657 const void *)) streq,
13658 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13659
13660 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13661 {
13662 const char **slot;
13663 const char *name = l->function_name;
13664
13665 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13666 if (name == NULL)
13667 continue;
13668
13669 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13670 INSERT);
13671 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13672 returns NULL. */
13673 if (*slot != NULL)
13674 {
13675 htab_delete (htab);
13676 return 1;
13677 }
13678 *slot = name;
13679 }
13680
13681 htab_delete (htab);
13682 return 0;
13683 }
13684
13685 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13686 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13687 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13688 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13689 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13690 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13691 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13692 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13693 The heuristic is:
13694
13695 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13696 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13697 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13698 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13699 in the sources, and output a warning.
13700
13701 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13702 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13703 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13704 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13705 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13706 warning.
13707
13708 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13709 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13710 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13711 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13712 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13713 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13714 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13715 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13716 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13717
13718 static struct symtab_and_line
13719 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13720 {
13721 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13722 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13723 CORE_ADDR pc;
13724
13725 pc = sal.pc;
13726 if (sal.line)
13727 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13728
13729 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13730 {
13731 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13732 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13733 b->number,
13734 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13735
13736 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13737 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13738 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13739
13740 return sal;
13741 }
13742
13743 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13744 by string ID. */
13745 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13746 && sal.line != 0
13747 && sal.symtab != NULL
13748 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13749 {
13750 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13751
13752 markers
13753 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13754
13755 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13756 {
13757 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13758 struct symbol *sym;
13759 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13760 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13761
13762 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13763
13764 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13765 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13766
13767 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13768 "found at previous line number"),
13769 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13770
13771 init_sal (&sal2);
13772
13773 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13774
13775 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13776 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13777 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13778 if (sym)
13779 {
13780 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13781 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13782 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13783 }
13784 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13785 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13786
13787 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13788 {
13789 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13790
13791 if (fullname)
13792 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13793 }
13794
13795 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13796 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13797
13798 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13799
13800 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13801 if (sym)
13802 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13803 else
13804 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13805
13806 xfree (b->addr_string);
13807 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13808 sal2.symtab->filename,
13809 b->loc->line_number);
13810
13811 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13812 so. */
13813
13814 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13815 }
13816 }
13817 return sal;
13818 }
13819
13820 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13821 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13822
13823 static int
13824 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13825 {
13826 while (a && b)
13827 {
13828 if (a->address != b->address)
13829 return 0;
13830
13831 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13832 return 0;
13833
13834 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13835 return 0;
13836
13837 a = a->next;
13838 b = b->next;
13839 }
13840
13841 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13842 return 0;
13843
13844 return 1;
13845 }
13846
13847 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13848 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13849 a ranged breakpoint. */
13850
13851 void
13852 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13853 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13854 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13855 {
13856 int i;
13857 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13858
13859 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13860 {
13861 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13862 location. */
13863 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13864 update_global_location_list (1);
13865 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13866 "multiple locations found\n"),
13867 b->number);
13868 return;
13869 }
13870
13871 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13872 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13873 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13874 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13875 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13876 individual locations. */
13877 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13878 return;
13879
13880 b->loc = NULL;
13881
13882 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13883 {
13884 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13885
13886 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13887
13888 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13889
13890 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13891 old symtab. */
13892 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13893 {
13894 char *s;
13895 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13896
13897 s = b->cond_string;
13898 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13899 {
13900 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13901 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13902 0);
13903 }
13904 if (e.reason < 0)
13905 {
13906 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13907 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13908 b->number, e.message);
13909 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13910 }
13911 }
13912
13913 if (sals_end.nelts)
13914 {
13915 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13916
13917 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13918 }
13919 }
13920
13921 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13922 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13923 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13924
13925 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13926 breakpoints. */
13927 {
13928 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13929 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13930 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13931 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13932 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13933 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13934 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13935
13936 for (; e; e = e->next)
13937 {
13938 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13939 {
13940 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13941 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13942 {
13943 for (; l; l = l->next)
13944 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13945 {
13946 l->enabled = 0;
13947 break;
13948 }
13949 }
13950 else
13951 {
13952 for (; l; l = l->next)
13953 if (l->function_name
13954 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13955 {
13956 l->enabled = 0;
13957 break;
13958 }
13959 }
13960 }
13961 }
13962 }
13963
13964 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13965 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13966
13967 update_global_location_list (1);
13968 }
13969
13970 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13971 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13972
13973 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13974 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
13975 {
13976 char *s;
13977 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
13978 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13979
13980 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13981 s = addr_string;
13982
13983 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13984 {
13985 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
13986 }
13987 if (e.reason < 0)
13988 {
13989 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13990 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13991 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13992 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13993 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13994 state, then user already saw the message about that
13995 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13996 errors. */
13997 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13998 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13999 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14000 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14001 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14002 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14003
14004 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14005 {
14006 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14007 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14008 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14009 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14010 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14011 which approach is better. */
14012 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14013 throw_exception (e);
14014 }
14015 }
14016
14017 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14018 {
14019 int i;
14020
14021 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14022 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14023 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14024 {
14025 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14026 int thread, task;
14027
14028 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14029 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14030 &extra_string);
14031 if (cond_string)
14032 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14033 b->thread = thread;
14034 b->task = task;
14035 if (extra_string)
14036 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14037 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14038 }
14039
14040 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14041 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14042
14043 *found = 1;
14044 }
14045 else
14046 *found = 0;
14047
14048 return sals;
14049 }
14050
14051 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14052 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14053 locations. */
14054
14055 static void
14056 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14057 {
14058 int found;
14059 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14060 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14061 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14062
14063 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14064 if (found)
14065 {
14066 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14067 expanded = sals;
14068 }
14069
14070 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14071 {
14072 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14073 if (found)
14074 {
14075 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14076 expanded_end = sals_end;
14077 }
14078 }
14079
14080 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14081 }
14082
14083 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14084 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14085
14086 static void
14087 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14088 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14089 enum bptype type_wanted,
14090 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14091 {
14092 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14093 }
14094
14095 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14096 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14097 breakpoint_ops. */
14098
14099 static void
14100 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14101 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14102 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14103 char *cond_string,
14104 char *extra_string,
14105 enum bptype type_wanted,
14106 enum bpdisp disposition,
14107 int thread,
14108 int task, int ignore_count,
14109 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14110 int from_tty, int enabled,
14111 int internal, unsigned flags)
14112 {
14113 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14114 extra_string,
14115 type_wanted, disposition,
14116 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14117 enabled, internal, flags);
14118 }
14119
14120 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14121 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14122
14123 static void
14124 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14125 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14126 {
14127 struct linespec_result canonical;
14128
14129 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14130 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14131 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14132 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14133 b->filter);
14134
14135 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14136 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14137
14138 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14139 {
14140 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14141
14142 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14143 *sals = lsal->sals;
14144 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14145 contents. */
14146 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14147 }
14148
14149 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14150 }
14151
14152 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14153
14154 static struct cleanup *
14155 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14156 {
14157 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14158
14159 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14160 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14161 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14162 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14163 set_language (b->language);
14164
14165 return cleanups;
14166 }
14167
14168 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14169 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14170 Unused in this case. */
14171
14172 static int
14173 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14174 {
14175 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14176 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14177 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14178
14179 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14180 b->ops->re_set (b);
14181 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14182 return 0;
14183 }
14184
14185 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14186 void
14187 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14188 {
14189 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14190 enum language save_language;
14191 int save_input_radix;
14192 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14193
14194 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14195 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14196 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14197
14198 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14199 {
14200 /* Format possible error msg. */
14201 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14202 b->number);
14203 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14204 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14205 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14206 }
14207 set_language (save_language);
14208 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14209
14210 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14211
14212 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14213
14214 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14215 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14216 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14217 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14218
14219 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
14220 skip_re_set ();
14221 }
14222 \f
14223 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14224
14225 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14226 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14227 void
14228 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14229 {
14230 if (b->thread != -1)
14231 {
14232 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14233 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14234
14235 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14236 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14237 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14238 as well. */
14239 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14240 }
14241 }
14242
14243 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14244 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14245 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14246
14247 void
14248 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14249 {
14250 struct breakpoint *b;
14251
14252 if (count < 0)
14253 count = 0;
14254
14255 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14256 if (b->number == bptnum)
14257 {
14258 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14259 {
14260 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14261 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14262 bptnum);
14263 return;
14264 }
14265
14266 b->ignore_count = count;
14267 if (from_tty)
14268 {
14269 if (count == 0)
14270 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14271 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14272 bptnum);
14273 else if (count == 1)
14274 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14275 bptnum);
14276 else
14277 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14278 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14279 count, bptnum);
14280 }
14281 breakpoints_changed ();
14282 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14283 return;
14284 }
14285
14286 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14287 }
14288
14289 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14290
14291 static void
14292 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14293 {
14294 char *p = args;
14295 int num;
14296
14297 if (p == 0)
14298 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14299
14300 num = get_number (&p);
14301 if (num == 0)
14302 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14303 if (*p == 0)
14304 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14305
14306 set_ignore_count (num,
14307 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14308 from_tty);
14309 if (from_tty)
14310 printf_filtered ("\n");
14311 }
14312 \f
14313 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14314 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14315
14316 static void
14317 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14318 void *),
14319 void *data)
14320 {
14321 int num;
14322 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14323 int match;
14324 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14325
14326 if (args == 0)
14327 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14328
14329 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14330
14331 while (!state.finished)
14332 {
14333 char *p = state.string;
14334
14335 match = 0;
14336
14337 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14338 if (num == 0)
14339 {
14340 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14341 }
14342 else
14343 {
14344 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14345 if (b->number == num)
14346 {
14347 match = 1;
14348 function (b, data);
14349 break;
14350 }
14351 if (match == 0)
14352 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14353 }
14354 }
14355 }
14356
14357 static struct bp_location *
14358 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14359 {
14360 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14361 char *p1;
14362 int bp_num;
14363 int loc_num;
14364 struct breakpoint *b;
14365 struct bp_location *loc;
14366
14367 *dot = '\0';
14368
14369 p1 = number;
14370 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14371 if (bp_num == 0)
14372 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14373
14374 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14375 if (b->number == bp_num)
14376 {
14377 break;
14378 }
14379
14380 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14381 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14382
14383 p1 = dot+1;
14384 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14385 if (loc_num == 0)
14386 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14387
14388 --loc_num;
14389 loc = b->loc;
14390 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14391 ;
14392 if (!loc)
14393 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14394
14395 return loc;
14396 }
14397
14398
14399 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14400 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14401 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14402
14403 void
14404 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14405 {
14406 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14407 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14408 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14409 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14410 return;
14411
14412 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14413 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14414 return;
14415
14416 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14417
14418 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14419 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14420
14421 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14422 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14423 {
14424 struct bp_location *location;
14425
14426 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14427 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14428 }
14429
14430 update_global_location_list (0);
14431
14432 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14433 }
14434
14435 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14436
14437 static void
14438 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14439 {
14440 disable_breakpoint (b);
14441 }
14442
14443 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14444 disable_breakpoint. */
14445
14446 static void
14447 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14448 {
14449 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14450 }
14451
14452 static void
14453 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14454 {
14455 if (args == 0)
14456 {
14457 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14458
14459 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14460 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14461 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14462 }
14463 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14464 {
14465 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14466 if (loc)
14467 {
14468 if (loc->enabled)
14469 {
14470 loc->enabled = 0;
14471 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14472 }
14473 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14474 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14475 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14476 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14477 }
14478 update_global_location_list (0);
14479 }
14480 else
14481 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14482 }
14483
14484 static void
14485 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14486 int count)
14487 {
14488 int target_resources_ok;
14489
14490 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14491 {
14492 int i;
14493 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14494 target_resources_ok =
14495 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14496 i + 1, 0);
14497 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14498 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14499 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14500 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14501 }
14502
14503 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14504 {
14505 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14506 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14507 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14508
14509 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14510 {
14511 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14512
14513 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14514 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14515 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14516 }
14517 if (e.reason < 0)
14518 {
14519 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14520 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14521 bpt->number);
14522 return;
14523 }
14524 }
14525
14526 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14527 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14528
14529 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14530
14531 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14532 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14533
14534 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14535 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14536 {
14537 struct bp_location *location;
14538
14539 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14540 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14541 }
14542
14543 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14544 bpt->enable_count = count;
14545 update_global_location_list (1);
14546 breakpoints_changed ();
14547
14548 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14549 }
14550
14551
14552 void
14553 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14554 {
14555 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14556 }
14557
14558 static void
14559 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14560 {
14561 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14562 }
14563
14564 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14565 enable_breakpoint. */
14566
14567 static void
14568 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14569 {
14570 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14571 }
14572
14573 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14574 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14575 in stopping the inferior. */
14576
14577 static void
14578 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14579 {
14580 if (args == 0)
14581 {
14582 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14583
14584 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14585 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14586 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14587 }
14588 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14589 {
14590 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14591 if (loc)
14592 {
14593 if (!loc->enabled)
14594 {
14595 loc->enabled = 1;
14596 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14597 }
14598 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14599 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14600 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14601 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14602 }
14603 update_global_location_list (1);
14604 }
14605 else
14606 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14607 }
14608
14609 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14610 breakpoints. */
14611
14612 struct disp_data
14613 {
14614 enum bpdisp disp;
14615 int count;
14616 };
14617
14618 static void
14619 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14620 {
14621 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14622
14623 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14624 }
14625
14626 static void
14627 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14628 {
14629 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14630
14631 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14632 }
14633
14634 static void
14635 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14636 {
14637 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14638 }
14639
14640 static void
14641 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14642 {
14643 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14644
14645 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14646 }
14647
14648 static void
14649 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14650 {
14651 int count = get_number (&args);
14652
14653 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14654 }
14655
14656 static void
14657 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14658 {
14659 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14660
14661 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14662 }
14663
14664 static void
14665 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14666 {
14667 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14668 }
14669 \f
14670 static void
14671 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14672 {
14673 }
14674
14675 static void
14676 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14677 {
14678 }
14679
14680 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14681 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14682 GDB itself. */
14683
14684 static void
14685 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
14686 const bfd_byte *data)
14687 {
14688 struct breakpoint *bp;
14689
14690 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14691 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14692 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14693 {
14694 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14695
14696 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14697 {
14698 struct bp_location *loc;
14699
14700 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14701 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14702 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14703 && addr + len > loc->address)
14704 {
14705 value_free (wp->val);
14706 wp->val = NULL;
14707 wp->val_valid = 0;
14708 }
14709 }
14710 }
14711 }
14712
14713 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14714 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14715 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14716 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14717 someday. */
14718
14719 void *
14720 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14721 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14722 {
14723 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14724
14725 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14726
14727 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14728 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14729
14730 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14731 {
14732 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14733 xfree (bp_tgt);
14734 return NULL;
14735 }
14736
14737 return bp_tgt;
14738 }
14739
14740 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14741 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14742
14743 int
14744 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14745 {
14746 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14747 int ret;
14748
14749 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14750 xfree (bp_tgt);
14751
14752 return ret;
14753 }
14754
14755 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14756 stepping. */
14757
14758 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14759 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14760
14761 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14762
14763 void
14764 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14765 struct address_space *aspace,
14766 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14767 {
14768 void **bpt_p;
14769
14770 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14771 {
14772 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14773 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14774 }
14775 else
14776 {
14777 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14778 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14779 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14780 }
14781
14782 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14783 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14784 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14785 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14786 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14787 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14788
14789 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14790 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14791 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14792 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14793 }
14794
14795 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14796 were inserted or not. */
14797
14798 int
14799 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14800 {
14801 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14802 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14803 }
14804
14805 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14806
14807 void
14808 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14809 {
14810 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14811
14812 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14813 call. */
14814 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14815 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14816 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14817 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14818
14819 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14820 {
14821 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14822 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14823 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14824 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14825 }
14826 }
14827
14828 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14829 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14830 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14831 exec. */
14832
14833 void
14834 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14835 {
14836 int i;
14837
14838 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14839 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14840 {
14841 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14842 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14843 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14844 }
14845 }
14846
14847 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14848 removing them. */
14849
14850 static void
14851 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14852 {
14853 int i;
14854
14855 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14856 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14857 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14858 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14859 }
14860
14861 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14862 PC. */
14863
14864 static int
14865 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14866 CORE_ADDR pc)
14867 {
14868 int i;
14869
14870 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14871 {
14872 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14873 if (bp_tgt
14874 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14875 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14876 aspace, pc))
14877 return 1;
14878 }
14879
14880 return 0;
14881 }
14882
14883 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14884 non-zero otherwise. */
14885 static int
14886 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14887 {
14888 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14889 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14890 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14891 return 1;
14892 else
14893 return 0;
14894 }
14895
14896 int
14897 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14898 {
14899 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14900 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14901
14902 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14903 }
14904
14905 int
14906 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14907 {
14908 struct breakpoint *bp;
14909
14910 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14911 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14912 {
14913 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14914
14915 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14916 {
14917 int i, iter;
14918 for (i = 0;
14919 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14920 i++)
14921 if (syscall_number == iter)
14922 return 1;
14923 }
14924 else
14925 return 1;
14926 }
14927
14928 return 0;
14929 }
14930
14931 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14932 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14933 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14934 char *text, char *word)
14935 {
14936 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14937 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
14938 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
14939
14940 xfree (list);
14941 return retlist;
14942 }
14943
14944 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14945
14946 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14947 static void
14948 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14949 {
14950 tracepoint_count = num;
14951 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14952 }
14953
14954 static void
14955 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14956 {
14957 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14958 const char *arg_cp = arg;
14959
14960 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
14961 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14962 else
14963 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14964
14965 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14966 arg,
14967 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14968 0 /* tempflag */,
14969 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14970 0 /* Ignore count */,
14971 pending_break_support,
14972 ops,
14973 from_tty,
14974 1 /* enabled */,
14975 0 /* internal */, 0))
14976 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14977 }
14978
14979 static void
14980 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14981 {
14982 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14983 arg,
14984 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14985 0 /* tempflag */,
14986 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14987 0 /* Ignore count */,
14988 pending_break_support,
14989 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14990 from_tty,
14991 1 /* enabled */,
14992 0 /* internal */, 0))
14993 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14994 }
14995
14996 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14997
14998 static void
14999 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15000 {
15001 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15002
15003 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15004 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15005 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15006 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15007 else
15008 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15009
15010 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15011 arg,
15012 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15013 0 /* tempflag */,
15014 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15015 0 /* Ignore count */,
15016 pending_break_support,
15017 ops,
15018 from_tty,
15019 1 /* enabled */,
15020 0 /* internal */, 0))
15021 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15022 }
15023
15024 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15025 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15026
15027 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15028 static int next_cmd;
15029
15030 static char *
15031 read_uploaded_action (void)
15032 {
15033 char *rslt;
15034
15035 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15036
15037 next_cmd++;
15038
15039 return rslt;
15040 }
15041
15042 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15043 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15044 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15045 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15046 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15047
15048 struct tracepoint *
15049 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15050 {
15051 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15052 struct tracepoint *tp;
15053
15054 if (utp->at_string)
15055 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15056 else
15057 {
15058 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15059 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15060 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15061 user. */
15062 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15063 "source location, using raw address"),
15064 utp->number);
15065 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15066 addr_str = small_buf;
15067 }
15068
15069 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15070 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15071 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15072 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15073 utp->number);
15074
15075 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15076 addr_str,
15077 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15078 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15079 0 /* tempflag */,
15080 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15081 0 /* Ignore count */,
15082 pending_break_support,
15083 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15084 0 /* from_tty */,
15085 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15086 0 /* internal */,
15087 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15088 return NULL;
15089
15090 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15091
15092 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15093 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15094 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15095
15096 if (utp->pass > 0)
15097 {
15098 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
15099
15100 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15101 }
15102
15103 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15104 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15105 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15106 function. */
15107 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15108 {
15109 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15110
15111 this_utp = utp;
15112 next_cmd = 0;
15113
15114 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15115
15116 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15117 }
15118 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15119 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15120 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15121 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15122 utp->number);
15123
15124 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15125 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15126 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15127
15128 return tp;
15129 }
15130
15131 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15132 omitted. */
15133
15134 static void
15135 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15136 {
15137 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15138 int num_printed;
15139
15140 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15141
15142 if (num_printed == 0)
15143 {
15144 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15145 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15146 else
15147 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15148 }
15149
15150 default_collect_info ();
15151 }
15152
15153 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15154 Not supported by all targets. */
15155 static void
15156 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15157 {
15158 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15159 }
15160
15161 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15162 Not supported by all targets. */
15163 static void
15164 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15165 {
15166 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15167 }
15168
15169 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15170 static void
15171 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15172 {
15173 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15174
15175 dont_repeat ();
15176
15177 if (arg == 0)
15178 {
15179 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15180
15181 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15182 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15183 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15184 argument. */
15185 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15186 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15187 {
15188 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15189 break;
15190 }
15191
15192 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15193 if (!from_tty
15194 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15195 {
15196 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15197 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15198 delete_breakpoint (b);
15199 }
15200 }
15201 else
15202 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15203 }
15204
15205 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15206
15207 static void
15208 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15209 {
15210 tp->pass_count = count;
15211 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
15212 if (from_tty)
15213 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15214 tp->base.number, count);
15215 }
15216
15217 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15218
15219 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15220 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15221 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15222
15223 static void
15224 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15225 {
15226 struct tracepoint *t1;
15227 unsigned int count;
15228
15229 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15230 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15231 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15232
15233 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15234
15235 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15236 args++;
15237
15238 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15239 {
15240 struct breakpoint *b;
15241
15242 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15243 if (*args)
15244 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15245
15246 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15247 {
15248 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15249 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15250 }
15251 }
15252 else if (*args == '\0')
15253 {
15254 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15255 if (t1)
15256 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15257 }
15258 else
15259 {
15260 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15261
15262 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15263 while (!state.finished)
15264 {
15265 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15266 if (t1)
15267 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15268 }
15269 }
15270 }
15271
15272 struct tracepoint *
15273 get_tracepoint (int num)
15274 {
15275 struct breakpoint *t;
15276
15277 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15278 if (t->number == num)
15279 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15280
15281 return NULL;
15282 }
15283
15284 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15285 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15286 reconnecting). */
15287
15288 struct tracepoint *
15289 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15290 {
15291 struct breakpoint *b;
15292
15293 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15294 {
15295 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15296
15297 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15298 return t;
15299 }
15300
15301 return NULL;
15302 }
15303
15304 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15305 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15306 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15307 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15308 struct tracepoint *
15309 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15310 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15311 int optional_p)
15312 {
15313 extern int tracepoint_count;
15314 struct breakpoint *t;
15315 int tpnum;
15316 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15317
15318 if (state)
15319 {
15320 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15321 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15322 }
15323 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15324 {
15325 if (optional_p)
15326 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15327 else
15328 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15329 }
15330 else
15331 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15332
15333 if (tpnum <= 0)
15334 {
15335 if (instring && *instring)
15336 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15337 instring);
15338 else
15339 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15340 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15341 return NULL;
15342 }
15343
15344 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15345 if (t->number == tpnum)
15346 {
15347 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15348 }
15349
15350 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15351 return NULL;
15352 }
15353
15354 void
15355 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15356 {
15357 if (b->thread != -1)
15358 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15359
15360 if (b->task != 0)
15361 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15362
15363 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15364 }
15365
15366 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15367 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15368 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15369 non-zero. */
15370
15371 static void
15372 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15373 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15374 {
15375 struct breakpoint *tp;
15376 int any = 0;
15377 char *pathname;
15378 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15379 struct ui_file *fp;
15380 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15381
15382 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15383 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15384
15385 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15386 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15387 {
15388 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15389 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15390 continue;
15391
15392 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15393 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15394 continue;
15395
15396 any = 1;
15397
15398 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15399 {
15400 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15401
15402 /* We can stop searching. */
15403 break;
15404 }
15405 }
15406
15407 if (!any)
15408 {
15409 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15410 return;
15411 }
15412
15413 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15414 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15415 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15416 if (!fp)
15417 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15418 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15419 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15420
15421 if (extra_trace_bits)
15422 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15423
15424 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15425 {
15426 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15427 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15428 continue;
15429
15430 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15431 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15432 continue;
15433
15434 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15435
15436 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15437 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15438 instead. */
15439
15440 if (tp->cond_string)
15441 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15442
15443 if (tp->ignore_count)
15444 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15445
15446 if (tp->commands)
15447 {
15448 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15449
15450 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15451
15452 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15453 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15454 {
15455 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15456 }
15457 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15458
15459 if (ex.reason < 0)
15460 throw_exception (ex);
15461
15462 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15463 }
15464
15465 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15466 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15467
15468 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15469 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15470 special, and not user visible. */
15471 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15472 {
15473 struct bp_location *loc;
15474 int n = 1;
15475
15476 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15477 if (!loc->enabled)
15478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15479 }
15480 }
15481
15482 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15484
15485 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15486 if (from_tty)
15487 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15488 }
15489
15490 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15491
15492 static void
15493 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15494 {
15495 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15496 }
15497
15498 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15499
15500 static void
15501 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15502 {
15503 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15504 }
15505
15506 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15507
15508 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15509 all_tracepoints (void)
15510 {
15511 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15512 struct breakpoint *tp;
15513
15514 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15515 {
15516 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15517 }
15518
15519 return tp_vec;
15520 }
15521
15522 \f
15523 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15524 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15525 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15526 command. */
15527 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15528 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15529 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15530 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15531 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15532 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15533 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15534 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15535 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15536 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15537 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15538 \n\
15539 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15540 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15541 \n\
15542 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15543 conditions are different.\n\
15544 \n\
15545 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15546
15547 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15548 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15549
15550 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15551 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15552
15553 void
15554 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15555 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15556 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15557 completer_ftype *completer,
15558 void *user_data_catch,
15559 void *user_data_tcatch)
15560 {
15561 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15562
15563 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15564 &catch_cmdlist);
15565 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15566 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15567 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15568
15569 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15570 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15571 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15572 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15573 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15574 }
15575
15576 static void
15577 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15578 {
15579 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15580 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15581
15582 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15583 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15584 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15585 }
15586
15587 static void
15588 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15589 {
15590 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15591 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15592 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15593 }
15594
15595 struct breakpoint *
15596 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15597 void *data)
15598 {
15599 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15600
15601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15602 {
15603 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15604 return b;
15605 }
15606
15607 return NULL;
15608 }
15609
15610 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15611 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15612
15613 static int
15614 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15615 {
15616 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15617 non-inline function. */
15618 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15619 return 1;
15620
15621 return 0;
15622 }
15623
15624 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15625 have been inlined. */
15626
15627 int
15628 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15629 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15630 {
15631 struct breakpoint *b;
15632 struct bp_location *bl;
15633
15634 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15635 {
15636 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15637 continue;
15638
15639 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15640 {
15641 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15642 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15643 return 1;
15644 }
15645 }
15646
15647 return 0;
15648 }
15649
15650 void
15651 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15652 {
15653 static int initialized = 0;
15654
15655 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15656
15657 if (initialized)
15658 return;
15659 initialized = 1;
15660
15661 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15662 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15663 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15664 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15665 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15666 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15667 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15668 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15669 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15670 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15671 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15672 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15673
15674 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15675 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15676 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15677 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15678 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15679 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15680 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15681 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15682
15683 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15684 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15685 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15686 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15687 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15688 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15689 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15690 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15691 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15692 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15693
15694 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15695 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15696 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15697 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15698 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15699 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15700 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15701
15702 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15703 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15704 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15705 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15706 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15707 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15708 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15709
15710 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15711 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15712 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15713 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15714
15715 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15716 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15717 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15718 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15719 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15720 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15721 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15722
15723 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15724 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15725 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15726 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15727 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15728 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15729 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15730
15731 /* Watchpoints. */
15732 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15733 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15734 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15735 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15736 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15737 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15738 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15739 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15740 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15741 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15742 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15743 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15744 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15745
15746 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15747 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15748 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15749 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15750 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15751 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15752 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15753 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15754 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15755 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15756 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15757
15758 /* Tracepoints. */
15759 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15760 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15761 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15762 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15763 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15764 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15765 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15766 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15767 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15768 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15769
15770 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15771 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15772 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15773 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15774 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15775
15776 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15777 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15778 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15779 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15780 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15781 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15782
15783 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15784 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15785 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15786 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15787 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15788 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15789 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15790 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15791 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15792 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15793
15794 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15795 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15796 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15797 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15798 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15799 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15800 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15801 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15802 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15803 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15804
15805 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15806 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15807 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15808 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15809 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15810 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15811 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15812 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15813 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15814 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15815 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15816
15817 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15818 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15819 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15820 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15821 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15822 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15823 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15824 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15825 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15826 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15827 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15828
15829 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15830 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15831 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15832 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15833 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15834 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15835 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15836 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15837 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15838 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15839 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15840 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15841
15842 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15843 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15844 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15845 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15846 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15847 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15848 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15849 }
15850
15851 void
15852 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15853 {
15854 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15855
15856 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15857
15858 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15859 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15860 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15861
15862 breakpoint_objfile_key
15863 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15864
15865 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15866 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15867
15868 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15869 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15870 before a breakpoint is set. */
15871 breakpoint_count = 0;
15872
15873 tracepoint_count = 0;
15874
15875 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15876 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15877 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15878 if (xdb_commands)
15879 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15880
15881 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15882 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15883 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15884 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15885 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15886 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15887 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15888 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15889
15890 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15891 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15892 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15893 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15894 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15895
15896 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15897 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15898 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15899 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15900 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15901 \n"
15902 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15903 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15904
15905 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15906 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15907 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15908 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15909 \n"
15910 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15911 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15912
15913 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15914 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15915 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15916 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15917 \n"
15918 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15919 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15920
15921 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15922 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15923 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15924 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15925 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15926 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15927 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15928 if (xdb_commands)
15929 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15930 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15931 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15932 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15933 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15934 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15935
15936 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15937
15938 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15939 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15940 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15941 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15942 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15943 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15944
15945 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15946 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15947 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15948 &enablebreaklist);
15949
15950 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15951 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15952 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15953 &enablebreaklist);
15954
15955 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15956 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15957 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15958 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15959 &enablebreaklist);
15960
15961 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15962 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15963 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15964 &enablelist);
15965
15966 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15967 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15968 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15969 &enablelist);
15970
15971 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15972 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15973 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15974 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15975 &enablelist);
15976
15977 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15978 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15979 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15980 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15981 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15982 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15983 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15984 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15985 if (xdb_commands)
15986 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15987 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15988 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15989 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15990 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
15991
15992 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15993 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15994 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15995 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15996 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15997 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15998 &disablelist);
15999
16000 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16001 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16002 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16003 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16004 \n\
16005 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16006 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16007 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16008 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16009 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16010 if (xdb_commands)
16011 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16012 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16013 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16014 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16015
16016 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16017 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16018 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16019 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16020 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16021 &deletelist);
16022
16023 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16024 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16025 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16026 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16027 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16028 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16029 \n\
16030 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16031 is executing in.\n\
16032 \n\
16033 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16034 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16035
16036 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16037 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16038 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16039 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16040
16041 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16042 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16043 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16044 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16045
16046 if (xdb_commands)
16047 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16048
16049 if (dbx_commands)
16050 {
16051 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16052 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16053 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16054 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16055 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16056 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16057 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16058 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16059 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16060 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16061 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16062 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16063 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16064 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16065 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16066 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16067 \n\
16068 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16069 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16070 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16071 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16072 breakpoint set."));
16073 }
16074
16075 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16076 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16077 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16078 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16079 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16080 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16081 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16082 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16083 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16084 \n\
16085 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16086 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16087 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16088 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16089 breakpoint set."));
16090
16091 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16092
16093 if (xdb_commands)
16094 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16095 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16096 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16097 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16098 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16099 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16100 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16101 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16102 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16103 \n\
16104 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16105 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16106 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16107 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16108 breakpoint set."));
16109
16110 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16111 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16112 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16113 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16114 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16115 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16116 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16117 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16118 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16119 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16120 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16121 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16122 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16123 \n\
16124 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16125 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16126 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16127 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16128 breakpoint set."),
16129 &maintenanceinfolist);
16130
16131 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16132 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16133 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16134 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16135
16136 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16137 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16138 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16139 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16140
16141 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16142 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16143 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16144 catch_catch_command,
16145 NULL,
16146 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16147 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16148 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16149 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16150 catch_throw_command,
16151 NULL,
16152 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16153 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16154 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16155 catch_fork_command_1,
16156 NULL,
16157 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16158 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16159 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16160 catch_fork_command_1,
16161 NULL,
16162 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16163 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16164 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16165 catch_exec_command_1,
16166 NULL,
16167 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16168 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16169 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16170 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16171 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16172 catch_load_command_1,
16173 NULL,
16174 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16175 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16176 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16177 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16178 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16179 catch_unload_command_1,
16180 NULL,
16181 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16182 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16183 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16184 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16185 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16186 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16187 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16188 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16189 catch_syscall_command_1,
16190 catch_syscall_completer,
16191 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16192 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16193
16194 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16195 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16196 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16197 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16198 an expression changes.\n\
16199 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16200 the memory to which it refers."));
16201 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16202
16203 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16204 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16205 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16206 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16207 an expression is read.\n\
16208 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16209 the memory to which it refers."));
16210 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16211
16212 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16213 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16214 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16215 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16216 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16217 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16218 the memory to which it refers."));
16219 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16220
16221 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16222 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16223
16224 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16225 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16226 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16227 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16228 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16229 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16230 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16231 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16232 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16233 hardware.)"),
16234 NULL,
16235 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16236 &setlist, &showlist);
16237
16238 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16239
16240 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16241
16242 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16243 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16244 \n"
16245 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16246 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16247 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16248
16249 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16250 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16251 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16252 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16253
16254 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16255 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16256 \n"
16257 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16258 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16259 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16260
16261 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16262 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16263 \n\
16264 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16265 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16266 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16267 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16268 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16269 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16270 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16271 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16272 the selected stack frame.\n\
16273 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16274 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16275 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16276 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16277 \n\
16278 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16279 \n\
16280 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16281 conditions are different.\n\
16282 \n\
16283 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16284 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16285 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16286
16287 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16288 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16289 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16290 last tracepoint set."));
16291
16292 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16293
16294 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16295 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16296 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16297 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16298 &deletelist);
16299
16300 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16301 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16302 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16303 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16304 &disablelist);
16305 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16306
16307 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16308 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16309 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16310 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16311 &enablelist);
16312 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16313
16314 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16315 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16316 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16317 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16318 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16319
16320 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16321 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16322 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16323 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16324
16325 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16326 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16327 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16328 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16329 session to restore them."),
16330 &save_cmdlist);
16331 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16332
16333 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16334 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16335 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16336 &save_cmdlist);
16337 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16338
16339 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16340 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16341
16342 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16343 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16344 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16345 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16346 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16347 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16348 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16349 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16350 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16351 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16352 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16353 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16354
16355 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16356 &pending_break_support, _("\
16357 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16358 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16359 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16360 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16361 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16362 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16363 NULL,
16364 show_pending_break_support,
16365 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16366 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16367
16368 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16369
16370 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16371 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16372 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16373 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16374 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16375 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16376 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16377 NULL,
16378 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16379 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16380 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16381
16382 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16383 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16384 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16385 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16386 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16387 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16388 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16389 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16390 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16391 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16392 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16393 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16394 NULL,
16395 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16396 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16397 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16398
16399 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16400 condition_evaluation_enums,
16401 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16402 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16403 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16404 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16405 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16406 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16407 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16408 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16409 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16410 be set to \"gdb\""),
16411 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16412 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16413 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16414 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16415
16416 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16417 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16418 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16419 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16420 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16421 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16422 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16423 or the start of the range\n\
16424 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16425 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16426 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16427 \n\
16428 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16429 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16430 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16431
16432 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16433 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16434 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16435 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16436 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16437 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16438 "));
16439 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16440
16441 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16442 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16443 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16444 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16445 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16446 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16447 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16448 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16449 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16450 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16451 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16452 &setlist, &showlist);
16453
16454 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16455 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16456 &dprintf_function, _("\
16457 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16458 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16459 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16460 &setlist, &showlist);
16461
16462 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16463 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16464 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16465 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16466 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16467 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16468 &setlist, &showlist);
16469
16470 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16471 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16472 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16473 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16474 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16475 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16476 NULL,
16477 NULL,
16478 &setlist, &showlist);
16479
16480 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16481 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16482 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16483
16484 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16485
16486 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16487 }
This page took 0.422397 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.